Owner's Manual Smart Fortwo Symbols in This Owner's Manual, You Will Find the Following Symbols

>> Owner's Manual smart fortwo Symbols In this Owner's Manual, you will find the following symbols:

G WARNING Warning notes make you aware of dangers which could pose a threat to your health or life, or to the health and life of others.

H Environmental note Environmental notes provide you with information on environmentally aware actions or disposal.

! Notes on material damage alert you to dangers that could lead to damage to your vehicle. i These symbols indicate useful instructions or further information that could be helpful to you. X This symbol designates an instruction you must follow. X Several consecutive symbols indicate an instruction with several steps. (Y This symbol tells you where you can page) find further information on a topic. YY This symbol indicates a warning or an instruction that is continued on the next page. Dis‐ This text indicates a message on play the multifunction display. Let the fun begin! Before you first drive off, read this Own- er's Manual carefully and familiarise yourself with your vehicle. For your own safety and a longer vehicle life, follow the instructions and warning notices in this manual. Disregarding them may lead to damage to the vehicle or personal injury. This Owner's Manual provides information on the most important functions of your vehicle. The equipment or model designation of your vehicle may vary according to: Rmodel Rorder Rcountry variant Ravailability The illustrations in this manual show a left-hand-drive vehicle. On right-hand- drive vehicles, the layout of components and controls differs accordingly. smart is constantly updating its vehicles to the state of the art. smart therefore reserves the right to introduce changes in the following areas: Rdesign Requipment Rtechnical features The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations. The following are integral components of the vehicle: ROwner's Manual RService Booklet REquipment-dependent supplements Keep printed copies of the documents in the vehicle at all times. If you sell the vehicle, always pass the documents on to the new owner. The technical documentation team at Daimler AG wishes you safe and pleasant motoring.

4535847902 É4535847902ÄËÍ

Contents 3

Index ...... 4 At a glance ...... 25

Introduction ...... 18 Safety ...... 37

Opening and closing ...... 63

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors ...... 77

Lights and windscreen wipers ...... 85

Climate control ...... 101

Driving and parking ...... 113

On-board computer and displays ...... 147

Stowing and features ...... 197

Maintenance and care ...... 205

Breakdown assistance ...... 219

Wheels and tyres ...... 239

Technical data ...... 257 4 Index

1, 2, 3 ... Switching off ...... 59 Ambient lighting 12 V socket Setting the brightness ...... 160 see Sockets Switching on/off ...... 160 Animals A see Pets in the vehicle ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) Anti-lock Braking System Display message ...... 170 see ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) Function/notes ...... 59 Anti-skid chains Important safety notes ...... 59 see Snow chains Warning lamp ...... 187 Anti-theft alarm system Activating/deactivating air- Function ...... 58 recirculation mode ...... 111 Priming/deactivating ...... 58 Activating/deactivating cooling Switching off the alarm ...... 59 with air dehumidification ...... 106 Aquaplaning ...... 138 Additives (engine oil) ...... 263 Ashtray ...... 203 Adjusting the headlamp range ...... 88 Assistance system Air conditioning see Driving systems General notes ...... 102 Authorised workshop Air pressure see Qualified specialist workshop see Tyre pressure Automatic engine Start/Stop func- Air vents tion Important safety notes ...... 111 Display message ...... 180 Setting ...... 111 Automatic engine switch-off (auto- Setting the centre air vents ...... 112 matic start/stop system) ...... 118 Setting the side air vents ...... 112 Automatic headlamp mode ...... 87 Air vents Automatic Start/Stop function see Air vents Indicator lamp (green) ...... 195 Air-conditioning system Warning and indicator lamps see Climate control (yellow) ...... 195 Airbag Automatic start/stop system Enabling and disabling the Activating/deactivating ...... 119 passenger airbag* ...... 50 Automatic engine switch- Head/thorax airbag ...... 45 off ...... 118 Introduction ...... 43 General information ...... 117 PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator Introduction ...... 117 lamps ...... 39 Automatic transmission Warning lamp ...... 185 Accelerator pedal position ...... 124 Airbags Changing gear ...... 124 Front airbag (driver, front Display message (colour dis- passenger) ...... 44 play) ...... 181 Important safety guidelines ...... 43 Display message (monochrome Kneebag ...... 44 display) ...... 163 Triggering ...... 45 Drive program display ...... 123 Alarm Drive programs ...... 125 Anti-theft alarm system ...... 58 Driving tips ...... 124 Priming/deactivating function .... 58 Emergency running mode ...... 129 Gearshift paddles ...... 127 Index 5

Kickdown ...... 125 Brake force distribution Malfunction (on-board computer see EBD (electronic brake force with colour display) ...... 181 distribution) Malfunction (on-board computer Brake lamps with monochrome display) ...... 163 Changing bulbs ...... 94 Manual shifting ...... 125 Display message (colour dis- Manually releasing the selector play) ...... 180 lever lock ...... 129 Brake lights Overview ...... 122 Display message (monochrome Problem (fault) ...... 129 display) ...... 162 Program selector button ...... 125 Brakes Pulling away ...... 116 ABS ...... 59 Selector lever ...... 123 Brake fluid (notes) ...... 264 Starting the engine ...... 116 Driving tips ...... 136 Transmission position display ... 123 Important safety notes ...... 136 Transmission positions ...... 124 Parking brake ...... 133 Automatic transmission emergency Warning lamp ...... 185 running mode ...... 129 Breakdown see Flat tyre B see Towing away/tow-starting Bulbs Battery (key) see Replacing bulbs Important safety notes ...... 65 Replacing ...... 65 C Battery (vehicle) Charging ...... 227 Calling up a fault Display message ...... 173 see Display messages Important safety notes ...... 225 Capacities (technical data) ...... 260 Jump starting ...... 228 Car Warning and indicator lamps ...... 190 see Vehicle Belt Car key see Seat belts see Key Belt tensioner Car wash Activation ...... 45 see Care Blower Car wash (care) ...... 212 see Climate control Care Bonnet (front) Automatic car wash ...... 212 see Service cover Carpets ...... 217 Boot Display ...... 216 Installing the cover ...... 200 Exhaust pipe ...... 216 Installing/removing the cover .... 201 Exterior lighting ...... 215 see Tailgate Gear or selector lever ...... 217 Brake General notes ...... 212 EBD ...... 62 High-pressure cleaner ...... 213 Brake fluid Interior ...... 216 Display message ...... 169 Paint ...... 213 Notes ...... 264 Panorama roof ...... 214 Plastic trim ...... 216 6 Index

Reversing camera ...... 215 Notes on using the air-condi- Roof lining ...... 217 tioning system ...... 103 Seat belt ...... 217 Notes on using the automatic Seat cover ...... 217 climate control ...... 105 Sensors ...... 215 Overview of systems ...... 102 Steering wheel ...... 217 Problem with the rear window Washing by hand ...... 213 heating ...... 111 Wheels ...... 214 Setting the air distribution ...... 107 Windows ...... 214 Setting the air vents ...... 111 Wiper blades ...... 215 Setting the airflow ...... 108 Central locking Setting the temperature ...... 107 Locking/unlocking (key) ...... 65 Switching air-recirculation Centre console ...... 33 mode on/off ...... 111 Changing bulbs Switching on/off ...... 105 Brake lamps ...... 94 Switching the rear window heat- Dipped-beam headlamps ...... 93 ing on/off ...... 109 Front foglamp ...... 93 Clock Main-beam headlamps ...... 93 Setting (dashboard clock) ...... 150 Rear foglamp ...... 94 Cockpit Reversing lamps ...... 94 Overview ...... 26 Tail lamps ...... 94 Constant headlamp mode Turn signals (front) ...... 92 see Daytime driving lights Turn signals (rear) ...... 94 Consumption statistics (colour Child seat display) ...... 154 Forward-facing restraint sys- Controlling speed tem ...... 52 see Cruise control ISOFIX ...... 48 Coolant On the front-passenger seat ...... 51 Battery ...... 210 Rearward-facing restraint sys- Checking the level ...... 210 tem ...... 52 Drive system ...... 210 Recommendations ...... 56 General notes ...... 264 Suitable positions ...... 53 Important safety notes ...... 210 Top Tether ...... 49 Setting the temperature unit ...... 160 Children Temperature gauge ...... 156 Restraint systems ...... 47 Topping up ...... 210 Cigarette lighter ...... 203 Warning lamp ...... 191 Cleaning Coolant (engine) see Care Display message ...... 175 Climate control Cooling Air conditioning ...... 103 see Climate control Automatic air conditioning ...... 105 Copyright ...... 23 Controlling automatically ...... 107 Cover (front) Cooling with air dehumidifica- see Service cover tion ...... 106 Crosswind Assist ...... 62 Demisting the windows ...... 109 Cruise control Demisting the windscreen ...... 108 Activating ...... 139 Heating ...... 103 Buttons ...... 139 Calling up the speed last stored .. 140 Index 7

Cancelling cruise control ...... 140 Monochrome ...... 151 Deactivating ...... 140 Display (cleaning instructions) ...... 216 Display message (colour dis- Display message play) ...... 177 Calling up (message memory) ...... 156 Display message (monochrome Colour display ...... 167 display) ...... 166 Driving systems ...... 176 Driving systems ...... 139 General notes (on-board com- Function/notes ...... 139 puter with colour display) ...... 167 General notes ...... 139 General notes (on-board com- Important safety notes ...... 139 puter with monochrome display) .. 162 Increasing/decreasing the Monochrome display ...... 162 speed ...... 140 Setting the language ...... 160 Storing and maintaining cur- Display messages rent speed ...... 139 Engine ...... 173 Cup holder Hiding ...... 167 Centre console ...... 202 Lights ...... 180 Important safety notes ...... 202 Safety systems ...... 168 Rear centre console ...... 203 Service display ...... 211 Cup holder Tyres ...... 178 see Cup holder Vehicle ...... 180 Distance recorder D Monochrome display ...... 152 Distance recorder Dashboard see Trip meter Additional instruments ...... 150 Distance warning function Dashboard Function/notes ...... 60 see Cockpit Warning lamp (red) ...... 189 ...... 150 Dashboard clock Warning lamp (yellow) ...... 188 Data Door see Technical data Automatic locking (switch) ...... 69 Daytime driving lights Central locking/unlocking (key) ... 65 Function/notes ...... 87 Control panel ...... 35 Dealership Display message ...... 180 see Qualified specialist workshop Emergency locking ...... 70 ...... 20 Declarations of conformity Emergency unlocking ...... 70 Diagnostics connection ...... 20 Important safety notes ...... 68 Digital speedometer Opening (from the inside) ...... 68 Display ...... 148 Warning lamp ...... 194 Setting the display ...... 159 Drive program Dipped-beam headlamps Display ...... 123 Changing bulbs ...... 93 Drive programs Setting for driving abroad Automatic transmission ...... 125 (symmetrical) ...... 86 Driver's door Switching on/off ...... 88 see Door Display Driver's seat Colour ...... 153 see Seats Menu (on-board computer with Driving abroad colour display) ...... 158 smart service ...... 212 8 Index

Symmetrical dipped beam ...... 86 Function/notes ...... 62 Driving on flooded roads ...... 138 Indicator lamp ...... 186 Driving safety system eco score EBD (electronic brake force Display (on-board computer distribution) ...... 62 with colour display) ...... 155 Driving safety systems Display (on-board computer ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) .... 59 with monochrome display) ...... 151 Distance warning function ...... 60 Function/notes ...... 134 ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro- Electrical fuses gram) ...... 61 see Fuses ETS (Electronic Traction Sys- Electromagnetic compatibility tem) ...... 61 Declaration of conformity ...... 20 Important safety guidelines ...... 59 Electronic Brake-force Distribu- Overview ...... 59 tion Driving system see EBD (electronic brake force Parking aid ...... 142 distribution) Speed limiter ...... 141 Electronic Traction System Driving systems see ETS (Electronic Traction System) Cruise control ...... 139 Emergency release Display message ...... 176 Driver's door ...... 70 Lane Keeping Assist ...... 145 Emergency unlocking Reversing camera ...... 143 Vehicle ...... 70 Driving tips Engine Aquaplaning ...... 138 Automatic start/stop system ...... 117 Automatic transmission ...... 124 Display message ...... 173 Brakes ...... 136 Engine number ...... 260 Downhill gradient ...... 136 Jump-starting ...... 228 Driving abroad ...... 86 Running irregularly ...... 120 Driving in winter ...... 138 Starting problems ...... 120 Driving on flooded roads ...... 138 Starting the engine with the key .. 116 Driving on wet roads ...... 138 Stopping ...... 133 Fuel ...... 134 Tow-starting (vehicle) ...... 232 General ...... 134 Warning lamp (engine diagnos- Icy road surfaces ...... 138 tics) ...... 190 Limited braking efficiency on Engine compartment cover ...... 206 salted roads ...... 137 Engine electronics New brake pads/linings ...... 137 Notes ...... 258 Running-in tips ...... 114 Problem (fault) ...... 120 Snow chains ...... 243 Engine oil Subjecting brakes to a load ...... 137 Additives ...... 263 Symmetrical dipped beam ...... 86 Checking the oil level ...... 207 Wet road surface ...... 137 Display message ...... 174 Filling capacity ...... 263 E Notes about oil grades ...... 263 Notes on oil level/consumption ... 206 EBD (electronic brake force distri- Topping up ...... 207 bution) Viscosity ...... 264 Display message ...... 169 Warning lamp ...... 191 Index 9

Engine oil additives Frequencies see Additives (engine oil) Mobile phone ...... 258 Environmental protection Two-way radio ...... 258 Returning an end-of-life vehi- Front cover cle ...... 18 see Service cover ESP® (Electronic Stability Program) Front foglamps Characteristics ...... 62 Changing bulbs ...... 93 Crosswind Assist ...... 62 Frontal area cover Display message ...... 171 see Service cover ETS ...... 61 Fuel Function/notes ...... 61 Additives ...... 262 General notes ...... 61 Consumption information ...... 262 Important safety guidelines ...... 61 Consumption statistics ...... 154 Warning and indicator lamps ...... 187 Displaying the current con- ETS (Electronic Traction System) ...... 61 sumption (colour display) ...... 156 Exhaust pipe (cleaning instruc- Displaying the current con- tions) ...... 216 sumption (monochrome display) ... 151 Exterior lighting Driving tips ...... 134 Cleaning ...... 215 E10 ...... 261 Settings options ...... 87 Fuel gauge ...... 149 Exterior mirrors Grade (petrol) ...... 261 Adjusting (electrically) ...... 84 Important safety notes ...... 261 Adjusting (manually) ...... 84 Problem (malfunction) ...... 132 Out of position (troubleshoot- Refuelling ...... 130 ing) ...... 84 Tank content/reserve fuel ...... 261 Fuel consumption F Displaying (on-board computer with monochrome display) ...... 152 Fault message Resetting data (on-board com- see Display messages puter with monochrome display) .. 152 Filler cap Fuel filler flap see Fuel filler flap Opening ...... 131 Fire extinguisher ...... 221 Fuel level First-aid kit ...... 220 Gauge ...... 149 Fitting a wheel Fuel reserve Fitting a wheel ...... 251 see Fuel Lowering the vehicle ...... 251 Fuel tank Preparing the vehicle ...... 248 Capacity ...... 261 Raising the vehicle ...... 249 Problem (malfunction) ...... 132 Removing a wheel ...... 250 Fuses Securing the vehicle against Allocation ...... 235 rolling away ...... 248 Before changing ...... 233 Flat tyre Dashboard fuse box ...... 234 Preparing the vehicle ...... 221 Fuse box in the front area ...... 233 TIREFIT kit ...... 222 Important safety notes ...... 233 Floormat ...... 204 Foglamps Switching on/off ...... 88 10 Index

G Warning and indicator lamps (colour display) ...... 30 Gear or selector lever (cleaning Warning and indicator lamps instructions) ...... 217 (monochrome display) ...... 28 Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts ...... 18 Instrument cluster lighting Glove compartment ...... 199 Notes ...... 148 Setting ...... 158 H Instrument lighting Handbrake see Instrument cluster lighting see Parking brake Interior lighting ...... 90 Hands-free system Automatic control system ...... 90 see Mobile phone Changing bulbs ...... 95 Hazard warning lamps ...... 90 Overview ...... 90 Head/thorax airbag ...... 45 Setting the ambient lighting ...... 160 Headlamp flasher ...... 89 Intermittent wipe ...... 96 Headlamps ISOFIX child seat securing system ..... 48 Misting up ...... 90 see Automatic headlamp mode J Heating Jack see Climate control Using ...... 249 High-pressure cleaners ...... 213 Jump start (engine) Hill start assist ...... 117 see Jump starting (engine) Jump starting (engine) ...... 228 I Ice warning K Display message (colour dis- Key play) ...... 173 Changing the battery ...... 65 Display message (monochrome Door central locking/unlocking .... 65 display) ...... 167 Important safety notes ...... 64 Warning lamp (colour display) .... 149 Loss ...... 67 Warning lamp (monochrome dis- Positions (ignition lock) ...... 115 play) ...... 149 Problem (malfunction) ...... 67 Ignition key Starting the engine ...... 116 see Key Key positions (ignition lock) ...... 115 Ignition lock Kickdown see Key positions Driving tips ...... 125 Immobiliser ...... 58 Manual gearshifting ...... 128 Indicator and warning lamp Kneebag ...... 44 Restraint system ...... 185 Indicator and warning lamps L Coolant ...... 191 Engine diagnostics ...... 190 Lamps Indicator lamps see Warning and indicator lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Lane Keeping Assist Instrument cluster Activating/deactivating ...... 146 Overview (colour display) ...... 29 Function/information ...... 145 Overview (monochrome display) .... 27 Warning lamp (colour display) ..... 176 Index 11

Warning lamp (monochrome dis- Locking (doors) play) ...... 165 Automatic ...... 69 Lane recognition system (auto- Emergency locking ...... 70 matic) From inside (central locking see Lane Keeping Assist button) ...... 69 Language (on-board computer) ...... 160 Locking centrally Licence plate lighting see Central locking Changing ...... 94 Loudspeaker Light sensor (display message) ...... 183 see Subwoofer Lighting Lubricant additives see Lights see Additives (engine oil) Lights Automatic headlamp mode ...... 87 M Dipped-beam headlamps ...... 88 M+S tyres (winter tyres) ...... 242 Display message ...... 180 Main-beam headlamps Driving abroad ...... 86 Changing bulbs ...... 93 Foglamps ...... 88 Switching on/off ...... 89 Hazard warning lamps ...... 90 Manual transmission Headlamp flasher ...... 89 Display message (colour dis- Headlamp range ...... 88 play) ...... 181 Light switch ...... 87 Display message (monochrome Main-beam headlamps ...... 89 display) ...... 162 Rear foglamp ...... 88 Engaging reverse gear ...... 122 Setting the ambient lighting ...... 160 Gear lever ...... 121 Side lamps ...... 88 Malfunction (on-board computer Turn signals ...... 89 with colour display) ...... 183 see Interior lighting Malfunction (on-board computer see Replacing bulbs with monochrome display) ...... 164 Limiter Pulling away ...... 116 Buttons ...... 141 Shift recommendation ...... 122 Calling up the last speed stored .. 142 Shifting to neutral ...... 121 Cancelling ...... 142 Starting the engine ...... 116 Deactivating ...... 142 Manually releasing the selector Display message (colour dis- . 129 play) ...... 176 lever lock (automatic transmission) ...... 156 Display message (monochrome Message memory (colour display) display) ...... 165 Messages Exceeding the stored speed ...... 142 see Display messages General notes ...... 141 Mirrors Increasing/decreasing the see Exterior mirrors speed ...... 142 see Rear-view mirror Storing the speed ...... 141 Mobile phone Frequencies ...... 258 Limiting the speed see Speed limiter Installation ...... 258 Transmission output (maximum) .. 258 Loading guidelines ...... 198 Model series Locking see Vehicle identification plate see Central locking 12 Index

Multi-functional seat P see Seats Multifunction steering wheel Paint code ...... 259 Overview ...... 31 Paintwork (cleaning instructions) .... 213 Panorama roof N Cleaning ...... 214 Panoramic roof Notes on running in a new vehicle .... 114 Operating the roller sunblind ...... 75 Park brake O see Parking brake ...... 132 Occupant safety Parking Children in the vehicle ...... 46 Important safety notes ...... 132 Important safety notes ...... 38 Parking brake ...... 133 Pets in the vehicle ...... 58 Reversing camera ...... 143 Oil Switching off the engine ...... 133 see Engine oil Parking brake On-board computer Display message ...... 168 Display submenu ...... 158 Notes/function ...... 133 Displaying a service message ..... 211 Warning lamp ...... 185 Important safety notes ...... 148 PASSENGER AIR BAG Menu overview (colour display) ... 154 Disabling/activating ...... 50 Menu overview (monochrome Indicator lamps ...... 39 display) ...... 152 Passenger airbag Message memory ...... 156 Enabling and disabling* ...... 50 Operating (colour display) ...... 153 Problem (malfunction)* ...... 53 Operating (monochrome display) . 150 Passenger seat Selecting the language ...... 160 Folding down ...... 80 Service menu ...... 156 Petrol ...... 261 Settings menu ...... 157 Pets in the vehicle ...... 58 On-board computer* Plastic trim (cleaning instruc- Messages menu ...... 156 tions) ...... 216 On-board diagnostics interface Power windows see Diagnostics connection see Side windows Operating instructions Program selector button ...... 125 Vehicle equipment ...... 19 Protection against theft Operating safety Anti-theft alarm system ...... 58 Declaration of conformity ...... 20 Immobiliser ...... 58 Important safety note ...... 19 Protection of the environment Operating system General notes ...... 18 see On-board computer Pulling away Outside temperature display Automatic transmission ...... 116 Ice warning (colour display) ...... 149 General notes ...... 116 Ice warning (monochrome dis- Manual transmission ...... 116 play) ...... 149 Notes ...... 149 Q Setting the units ...... 160 QR code Overhead control panel ...... 34 Rescue card ...... 22 Overrevving range ...... 150 Index 13

Qualified specialist workshop ...... 21 Rev counter ...... 150 Reverse gear R Engaging (manual transmission) .. 122 Reversing camera Radio-based vehicle components Cleaning instructions ...... 215 Declaration of conformity ...... 20 Function/notes ...... 143 . 183 Rain/light sensor (display message) Switching on/off ...... 144 Rear foglamp Reversing feature Changing bulbs ...... 94 Side windows ...... 72 Switching on/off ...... 88 Reversing lamp Rear lamps Changing bulbs ...... 94 Changing bulbs ...... 94 Roller sunblind of the panorama Rear parking aid roof Activating/deactivating ...... 143 Operating ...... 75 Function/notes ...... 142 Roof Rear window heating see Panoramic roof Problem (fault) ...... 111 Roof lining and carpets (cleaning Switching on/off ...... 109 instructions) ...... 217 Rear window wiper Replacing the wiper blade ...... 97 Switching on/off ...... 96 S Rear-view mirror Safety Dipping (manual) ...... 84 Child restraint systems ...... 47 Recycling Children in the vehicle ...... 46 see Protection of the environment see Operating safety Refuelling Safety system Fuel gauge ...... 149 see Driving safety systems Important safety notes ...... 130 Seat Refuelling process ...... 130 Folding passenger seat down ...... 80 see Fuel Seat belt Replacing bulbs Correct usage ...... 41 Important safety notes ...... 91 Seat belts Overview of bulb types ...... 91 Cleaning ...... 217 Removing/replacing the cover Fastening ...... 42 (front wheel arch) ...... 92 Important safety guidelines ...... 40 Replacing the bulb Introduction ...... 40 Interior lighting ...... 95 Releasing ...... 42 Turn signals ...... 93 Warning lamp ...... 184 Rescue card ...... 22 Warning lamp (function) ...... 42 Reserve (fuel tank) Seats see Fuel Adjusting (manually) ...... 80 Reserve fuel Cleaning the cover ...... 217 Display message ...... 175 Correct driver's seat position ...... 78 Restraint system Important safety notes ...... 79 Display message ...... 168 Seat heating problem ...... 83 Introduction ...... 38 Switching seat heating on/off ...... 81 Warning lamp ...... 185 Sensors (cleaning instructions) ...... 215 Warning lamp (function) ...... 38 14 Index

Service Centre Speedometer see Qualified specialist workshop Digital ...... 148 Service cover ...... 208 In the Instrument cluster ...... 148 Service display see Instrument cluster Calling up (on-board computer SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys- with colour display) ...... 156 tem) Calling up (on-board computer see Restraint system with monochrome display) ...... 152 Start/stop function Hiding a service message ...... 211 see Automatic start/stop system Notes ...... 211 Starting (engine) ...... 115 Resetting ...... 211 Starting the engine Service message ...... 211 see Starting (engine) Showing a service message ...... 211 Steering Special service requirements ..... 212 Display message (colour dis- Service products play) ...... 180 Brake fluid ...... 264 Warning lamps ...... 194 Coolant (engine) ...... 264 Steering wheel Engine oil ...... 263 Adjusting (manually) ...... 83 Fuel ...... 261 Button overview ...... 31 Important safety notes ...... 260 Cleaning ...... 217 Washer fluid ...... 265 Gearshift paddles ...... 127 Setting a speed Important safety notes ...... 83 see Cruise control Stowage areas ...... 198 Setting the air distribution ...... 107 Stowage compartment Setting the airflow ...... 108 Door stowage compartment ...... 199 Shifting to neutral (manual trans- Stowage compartment in the mission) ...... 121 tailgate ...... 199 Side lamps Stowage compartment in the tail- Switching on/off ...... 88 gate ...... 199 Side windows Stowage compartments Important safety notes ...... 72 Centre console ...... 199 Opening/closing ...... 73 Cup holder ...... 202 Problem (malfunction) ...... 75 Glove compartment ...... 199 Resetting ...... 73 Important safety information ...... 198 smart Centre Submenu see Qualified specialist workshop Ambient lighting ...... 160 Snow chains ...... 243 Subwoofer Sockets Fitting/removing ...... 201 Centre console ...... 204 Summer tyres General notes ...... 204 In winter ...... 242 Speakers Sun visor ...... 203 see Subwoofer Specialist workshop ...... 21 T Speed limiter Tailgate Activating ...... 141 Important safety notes ...... 71 Important safety notes ...... 141 Opening dimensions ...... 265 Setting limit speed ...... 141 Opening/closing ...... 71 Index 15

Warning lamp ...... 194 Displaying (on-board computer Tank with colour display) ...... 154 see Fuel tank Displaying (on-board computer Technical data with monochrome display) ...... 152 Capacities ...... 260 Resetting (on-board computer Information ...... 258 with colour display) ...... 154 Tyres/wheels ...... 252 Resetting (on-board computer Vehicle data ...... 265 with monochrome display) ...... 152 Temperature Setting the display unit ...... 159 Coolant ...... 156 Trip meter Outside temperature ...... 149 see Trip meter Setting (climate control) ...... 107 Turn signals Setting the display units ...... 160 Changing bulbs (front) ...... 92 Time Changing bulbs (rear) ...... 94 Setting (on-board computer Replacing the bulb ...... 93 with colour display) ...... 157 Switching on/off ...... 89 Setting (on-board computer Turn signals with monochrome display) ...... 152 see Turn signals Setting the time format (on- Two-way radio board computer with colour dis- Frequencies ...... 258 play) ...... 158 Installation ...... 258 TIREFIT kit ...... 222 Transmission output (maximum) .. 258 Tool Type identification plate see Vehicle tool kit see Vehicle identification plate Top Tether ...... 49 Tyre pressure Total distance recorder Display message ...... 178 Colour display ...... 154 Important safety notes ...... 245 Monochrome display ...... 151 Not reached (TIREFIT) ...... 223 Setting the display unit ...... 159 Reached (TIREFIT) ...... 223 Tow-starting Recommended ...... 243 Emergency engine starting ...... 232 Tyre pressure monitor Important safety notes ...... 230 Display message (monochrome Towing display) ...... 165 Important safety notes ...... 230 Function/notes ...... 245 With the rear axle raised ...... 232 General notes ...... 245 Towing away Important safety notes ...... 245 Fitting the towing eye ...... 231 Restarting (on-board computer Removing the towing eye ...... 232 with colour display) ...... 246 With both axles on the ground ..... 232 Restarting (on-board computer Transmission with monochrome display) ...... 246 see Automatic transmission Warning lamp ...... 192 see Manual transmission Warning message ...... 246 Transmission position display ...... 123 Tyres Transporting the vehicle ...... 232 Changing a wheel ...... 247 Trip computer (colour display) ...... 154 Checking ...... 241 Trip meter Direction of rotation ...... 248 Colour display ...... 154 Display message ...... 178 General notes ...... 252 16 Index

Important safety notes ...... 240 Vehicle emergency locking ...... 70 M+S tyres (winter tyres) ...... 242 Vehicle identification number Replacing ...... 247 see VIN Service life ...... 241 Vehicle identification plate ...... 259 Snow chains ...... 243 Vehicle key Storing ...... 248 see Key Summer tyres in winter ...... 242 Vehicle tool kit ...... 221 Tyre size (data) ...... 252 Ventilation Tyre tread ...... 241 see Climate control Wheel and tyre combinations ...... 253 VIN ...... 259 see Flat tyre W U Warning and indicator lamps Unlocking ABS ...... 187 Emergency unlocking ...... 70 Airbag ...... 185 From inside the vehicle (central Automatic Start/Stop function unlocking button) ...... 69 (green) ...... 195 Automatic Start/Stop function V (yellow) ...... 195 Battery ...... 190 Vehicle Correct use ...... 21 Brakes ...... 185 Data acquisition ...... 22 Distance warning function (red) .. 189 Electronic malfunction (display Distance warning function (yel- message) ...... 183 low) ...... 188 Electronic malfunction (warn- Door ...... 194 ing lamp) ...... 194 EBD ...... 186 Electronics ...... 258 Electronics ...... 194 ® Equipment ...... 19 ESP ...... 187 Implied warranty ...... 22 Lane Keeping Assist (colour Leaving parked up ...... 134 display) ...... 176 Locking (in an emergency) ...... 70 Lane Keeping Assist (mono- Locking (key) ...... 65 chrome display) ...... 165 Lowering ...... 251 Oil pressure ...... 191 Pulling away ...... 116 Overview (colour display) ...... 30 Raising ...... 249 Overview (monochrome display) .... 28 Registration ...... 21 Parking brake ...... 185 Securing from rolling away ...... 248 PASSENGER AIR BAG ...... 39 Tow-starting ...... 230 Seat belt ...... 184 Towing away ...... 230 Steering ...... 194 Transporting ...... 232 Tyre pressure monitor ...... 192 Unlocking (in an emergency) ...... 70 Warning triangle ...... 220 Unlocking (key) ...... 65 Wheel and tyre combinations Vehicle data ...... 265 see Tyres Vehicle battery Wheel bolt tightening torque ...... 251 see Battery (vehicle) Wheels Vehicle data ...... 265 Changing a wheel ...... 247 Vehicle dimensions ...... 265 Changing/replacing ...... 247 Index 17

Checking ...... 241 Cleaning ...... 214 Fitting a new wheel ...... 251 Fitting a wheel ...... 248 General notes ...... 252 Important safety notes ...... 240 Removing a wheel ...... 250 Snow chains ...... 243 Storing ...... 248 Tightening torque ...... 251 Wheel size/tyre size ...... 252 Windows Cleaning ...... 214 see Side windows Windscreen Demisting ...... 108 Windscreen see Windscreen Windscreen washer fluid see Windscreen washer system Windscreen washer system Important safety notes ...... 265 Topping up ...... 210 Windscreen wipers Intermittent wipe ...... 96 Problem (malfunction) ...... 99 Rear window wiper ...... 96 Replacing the wiper blades ...... 96 Switching on/off ...... 95 Winter driving General notes ...... 242 Winter operation Slippery road surfaces ...... 138 Snow chains ...... 243 Winter tyres M+S tyres ...... 242 Wiper blades Cleaning ...... 215 Important safety notes ...... 96 Replacing (on the rear window) ..... 97 Replacing (windscreen) ...... 97 Workshop see Qualified specialist workshop 18 >> Introduction.

Protection of the environment Rchange gear in good time and use each gear only up to Ô of its maximum engine General notes speed. H Environmental note Rswitch off the engine in stationary traf- Daimler's declared policy is one of com- fic. prehensive environmental protection. Rkeep an eye on the vehicle's fuel con- The objective is to use the natural resour- sumption. ces which form the basis of our existence on this planet sparingly and in a manner which takes the requirements of both nature and Returning an end-of-life vehicle humanity into account. EU countries only: You too can help to protect the environment smart will take back your old vehicle to by operating your vehicle in an environ- dispose of it in an environmentally- mentally-responsible manner. responsible manner in accordance with the Fuel consumption and the rate of engine, European Union (EU) End of Life Vehicles transmission, brake and tyre wear depend Directive. on the following factors: There is a network of return points and Rthe operating conditions of your vehicle disassembly plants available. In these Ryour personal driving style plants you can return your vehicle free of You can influence both factors. You should charge. This makes a valuable contribution bear the following in mind: to the recycling process and the conserva- tion of resources. Operating conditions: For further information on recycling old Ravoid short trips as these increase fuel vehicles, recovery and the terms of the pol- consumption. icy, visit the smart homepage. Rmake sure that the tyre pressures are always correct. Rdo not carry any unnecessary weight. Genuine smart parts Ra regularly serviced vehicle will con- tribute to environmental protection. You H Environmental note should therefore adhere to the service Daimler AG also supplies reconditioned intervals. assemblies and parts which are of the same Ralways have service work carried out at a quality as new parts. For these, the same qualified specialist workshop. warranty applies as for new parts. Personal driving style: ! Airbags and seat belt tensioners, as Rdo not depress the accelerator pedal well as control units and sensors for when starting the engine. these restraint systems, may be installed Rdo not warm up the engine with the vehi- in the following areas of your vehicle: cle stationary. Rdoors Rdrive carefully and maintain a suitable Rdoor pillars distance from the vehicle in front. Rdoor sills Ravoid frequent, sudden acceleration and braking. Rseats Rdashboard >> Introduction. 19

Rinstrument cluster Always specify the vehicle identification Rcentre console number (VIN) (Y page 259) when ordering Do not install accessories such as audio genuine smart parts. systems in these areas. Do not carry out repairs or welding. You could impair the operating efficiency of the restraint Owner's Manual systems. Vehicle equipment Have accessories retrofitted at a quali- This Owner's Manual describes all models fied specialist workshop. and all standard and optional equipment You could jeopardise the operating safety available for your vehicle at the time of of your vehicle if you use parts, tyres and publication of the Owner's Manual. Coun- wheels as well as accessories relevant to try-specific differences are possible. safety which have not been approved by Note that your vehicle may not be fitted smart. This could lead to malfunctions in with all features described. This is also safety-relevant systems, e.g. the brake the case for systems and functions relevant system. Use only genuine smart parts or to safety. Therefore, the equipment on your parts of equal quality. Only use tyres, vehicle may differ from that in the wheels and accessories that have been spe- descriptions and illustrations. cifically approved for your vehicle. The original purchase contract documen- smart tests genuine parts and conversion tation for your vehicle contains a list of parts and accessories that have been spe- all of the systems in your vehicle. cifically approved for your vehicle for Should you have any questions concerning their reliability, safety and suitability. equipment and operation, please consult a Despite ongoing market research, smart is smart Centre. unable to assess other parts. smart there- The Owner's Manual and Service Booklet are fore accepts no responsibility for the use important documents and should kept in the of such parts in smart vehicles, even if they vehicle. have been officially approved or independently approved by a testing centre. In Germany, certain parts are only offi- Operating safety cially approved for installation or modification if they comply with legal require- Important safety notes ments. This also applies to some other countries. All genuine smart parts meet the G WARNING approval requirements. The use of non- If you do not have the prescribed service/ approved parts may invalidate the vehi- maintenance work or necessary repairs cle's general operating permit. carried out, this could result in malfunc- This is the case: tions or system failures. There is a risk of an accident. Rif they cause a change of the vehicle type Always have the prescribed service/main- from that for which the vehicle's general tenance work as well as necessary repairs operating permit was granted carried out at a qualified specialist work- Rif other road users could be endangered shop. Rif the emission or noise levels are adversely affected

Z 20 >> Introduction.

If the underbody panelling is damaged, G WARNING Flammable material such as leaves, grass or combustible materials such as leaves, twigs may ignite if they come into contact grass or twigs can gather between the with hot parts of the exhaust system. There underbody and the underbody panelling. is a risk of fire. If these materials come in contact with hot parts of the exhaust system, they can When driving off road or on unpaved roads, catch fire. check the vehicle's underside regularly. In particular, remove parts of plants or other In such situations, have the vehicle flammable materials which have become checked and repaired immediately at a trapped. In the case of damage, contact a qualified specialist workshop. If, upon qualified specialist workshop. continuing your journey, you notice that driving safety is impaired, pull over and WARNING stop the vehicle immediately, paying G attention to road and traffic conditions. Modifications to electronic components, In such cases, consult a qualified spe- their software as well as wiring could cialist workshop. affect their function and/or the operation of other networked components. This could in particular also be the case for systems Declarations of conformity relevant to safety. They might not function properly anymore and/or jeopardise the Wireless vehicle components operational safety of the vehicle. There is an increased risk of an accident and injury. The following information applies to all components of the vehicle and the infor- Do not attempt to modify the wiring as well mation systems and communication devices as electronic components or their software. integrated into the vehicle which receive Always have work on electrical and elec- and/or transmit radio waves: tronic components carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. The components of this vehicle that receive and/or transmit radio waves are compliant If you make any changes to the vehicle elec- with the essential requirements and all tronics, the general operating permit is other relevant conditions of Directive rendered invalid. 1999/5/EC. For further information enquire at any smart centre. ! There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if: Electromagnetic compatibility Rthe vehicle becomes stuck, e.g. on a The electromagnetic compatibility of the high kerb or an unpaved road vehicle components has been checked and Ryou drive too fast over an obstacle, e.g. certified according to the currently valid a kerb or a pothole in the road version of Regulation ECE-R 10. Ra heavy object strikes the underbody or parts of the chassis In situations like this, the body, the Diagnostics connection underbody, chassis parts, wheels or tyres The diagnostics connection is only inten- could be damaged without the damage ded for the connection of diagnostic being visible. Components damaged in equipment at a qualified specialist work- this way can unexpectedly fail or, in the shop. case of an accident, no longer withstand the strain they are designed for. >> Introduction. 21

Rrepair work G WARNING If you connect equipment to a diagnostics Rmodifications, installations and con- connection in the vehicle, it can affect the versions operation of the vehicle systems. This may Rwork on electronic components affect the operating safety of the vehicle. smart recommends that you use a smart There is a risk of an accident. centre. Do not connect any equipment to a diagnostics connection in the vehicle. Vehicle registration G WARNING smart may ask its smart centres to carry out Objects in the driver's footwell may technical inspections on certain vehicles. restrict the clearance around the pedals or The quality or safety of the vehicle is block a depressed pedal. This jeopardises improved as a result of the inspection. the operating and road safety of the vehi- smart can only inform you about vehicle cle. There is a risk of an accident. checks if it has your registration data. Stow all objects securely in the vehicle so It is possible that your vehicle has not yet that they do not get into the driver's foot- been registered in your name in the fol- well. Always fit the floormats securely and lowing cases: as prescribed in order to ensure that there is always sufficient room for the pedals. Do Rif your vehicle was not purchased at an not use loose floormats and do not place authorised specialist dealer. several floormats on top of one another. Rif your vehicle has not yet been examined at a smart centre. ! If the engine is switched off and equip- It is advisable to register your vehicle ment on the diagnostics connection is with a smart centre. used, the starter battery may discharge. Inform smart as soon as possible about any Connecting equipment to the diagnostics change in address or vehicle ownership. connection can lead to emissions monitor- You can do this at a smart centre, for exam- ing information being reset, for example. ple. This may lead to the vehicle failing to meet the requirements of the next emissions test during the main inspection. Correct use If you remove any warning stickers, you or Qualified specialist workshop others could fail to recognise certain dangers. Leave warning stickers in position. A qualified specialist workshop has the Observe the following information when necessary special skills, tools and quali- driving your vehicle: fications to correctly carry out any necessary work on your vehicle. This particu- Rthe safety notes in this manual larly applies to work relevant to safety. Rthe technical data in this manual Observe the notes in the Service Booklet. Rtraffic rules and regulations Always have the following work carried out Rlaws and safety standards pertaining to at a qualified specialist workshop: motor vehicles Rwork relevant to safety Rservice and maintenance work

Z 22 >> Introduction.

Implied warranty These include, for example: ! Follow the instructions in this manual RThe operating status of system compo- about the proper operation of your vehi- nents, e.g. fluid levels cle as well as about possible vehicle RStatus messages concerning the vehicle damage. Damage to your vehicle that ari- and its individual components, e.g. num- ses from culpable contraventions ber of wheel revolutions/speed, decel- against these instructions is not cov- eration in movement, lateral accelera- ered either by the smart implied war- tion, accelerator pedal position ranty or by the New or Used-Vehicle War- RMalfunctions and defects in key system ranty. components, including, for instance, lights, brakes. RVehicle reactions and operating condi- QR codes for rescue card tions in special driving situations, including, for instance, deployment of The QR code is secured in the fuel filler an airbag, use of stability control sys- flap and on the opposite side on the B-pil- tems. lar. In the event of an accident, rescue REnvironmental conditions, including, services can use the QR code to quickly find for instance, the outside temperature. the appropriate rescue card for your vehicle. The current rescue card contains, in a This data is of an exclusively technical compact form, the most important informa- nature and can be used to: tion about your vehicle, e.g. the routing of Rassist in the detection and elimination the electric cables. of faults and defects You can find more information under Ranalyse vehicle functions, e.g. after an http://portal.aftersales.i.daimler.com/ accident public/content/asportal/en/ Roptimise vehicle functions communication/informationen_fuer/ The data cannot be used to trace the vehi- QRCode.html. cle's movements. If you have the vehicle serviced, this technical information can be read out from the Data stored in the vehicle event and fault data memory. A large number of your vehicle's electronic Services include, for example, informa- components can store data. tion on: The data memory temporarily or perma- Rrepair work nently stores technical information about: Rservice work Rthe vehicle's operating state Rwarranty claims Revents Rquality assurance Rfaults The readout is handled by service network The technical information generally docu- staff (including the manufacturer) with the ments the condition of a component, mod- help of special diagnostic testers. You can ule, system or the environment. obtain more detailed information, if required. After the fault has been rectified, the information is cleared in the fault memory or is sequentially overwritten. >> Introduction. 23

During vehicle operation, certain situations may arise in which this technical data - in conjunction with other information and, if applicable, after consultation with an approved assessor - may be linked to an individual person. Examples of this include: Raccident reports Rvehicle damage Revidence

Copyright information General notes You can find information on licences for free and open-source software used in your vehicle and its electronic components on the following website: http://www.mercedes-benz.com/ opensource

Z 24 25

Cockpit ...... 26 Instrument cluster with monochrome display ...... 27 Instrument cluster with colour display ...... 29 Multifunction steering wheel ...... 31 Centre console ...... 33 Overhead control panel ...... 34

Door control panel ...... 35 >> At a glance. 26 Cockpit

Cockpit >> At a glance.

Function Page Function Page : Additional instruments E Ignition lock 115 on the dashboard 150 F Adjusts the steering ; Instrument cluster 29 wheel 83 = Horn G Control panel for: Turning the auto- ? Multifunction lever è matic start/stop system On-board computer 150 on/off 119 Windscreen wipers com- Turning Lane Keeping bination switch 95 Assist on/off 145 A Switches the automatic Turning the forward col- locking feature on/off 69 lision warning on/off 60 Switches the hazard warn- Turning the parking aid ing lamps on/off 90 on/off 142 Headlamp range adjust- B Overhead control panel 34 ment 88 C smart Audio-System/ smart Media-System (see H Lights combination the separate operating switch 87 instructions) I Gearshift paddles 127 D Climate control system control panel 102 Instrument cluster with monochrome display 27

Instrument cluster with monochrome display Displays >> At a glance.

i Instrument cluster with speedometer Function Page : Speedometer 148 ; Monochrome display 151 = Warning and indicator lamps 28 28 Instrument cluster with monochrome display

Warning and indicator lamps >> At a glance.

Function Page Function Page : ^ Distance warning I \ Doors or the tailgate 194 function 188 Vehicle electronics 194 ; · Distance warning J R Rear foglamp 88 signal 189 K L Dipped-beam head- = T Side lamps 88 lamps 88 ? ç Automatic start/stop L K Main-beam head- function lamps 89 Conditions for the automatic engine switch-off M N Foglamps 88 not met 117 N # Turn signal, left 89 Malfunction 195 O ü Seat belts 184 A ? Coolant temperature 191 P 6 Restraint system 185 B 5 Oil pressure 191 Q ! abs 187 C í Battery 190 R h Tyre pressure moni- D ! Turn signal, right 89 tor 192 E D Power steering 194 S è Automatic start/stop function F ; Engine diagnostics 190 Automatic start/stop sys- G J Brakes 185 tem 118 H ÷ esp® 187 Instrument cluster with colour display 29

Instrument cluster with colour display Displays >> At a glance.

i Instrument cluster with speedometer Function Page : Speedometer 148 ; Colour display 153 = Warning and indicator lamps 30 30 Instrument cluster with colour display

Warning and indicator lamps >> At a glance.

Function Page Function Page : ç Automatic start/stop G ! Turn signal, right 89 function H # Turn signal, left 89 Conditions for the automatic engine switch-off I J Brakes 185 not met 117 J R Rear foglamp 88 Malfunction 195 K N Foglamps 88 ; è Automatic start/stop function L K Main-beam head- Automatic start/stop sys- lamps 89 tem 118 M L Dipped-beam head- = ! abs 187 lamps 88 ? ÷ esp® 187 N 6 Restraint system 38 A í Battery 190 O T Side lamps 88 B h Tyre pressure moni- P · Distance warning tor 192 signal 189 C 5 Oil pressure 191 Q ü Seat belts 184 D D Power steering 194 R \ Doors or the tailgate 194 Vehicle electronics 194 E ; Engine diagnostics 190 F ? Coolant temperature 191 Multifunction steering wheel 31

Multifunction steering wheel >> At a glance.

Function Page Function Page : Colour display in instru- ? Cruise control and lim- ment cluster 153 iter button: Monochrome display in ® Increases or stores instrument cluster 151 the current speed ; smart Audio-System or − Decreases current speed smart Media-System dis- • Cruise control 139 play (see the separate • Limiter operating instructions) A Cruise control and lim- = W X Changes the iter button: volume of the smart ° Calls up the last Audio-System or smart speed stored Media-System (see the • Cruise control 139 separate operating instructions) • Limiter Only with an instrument B Cruise control and lim- cluster with colour dis- iter button: play: ± Interrupts cruise ? Switches voice- control or limiter operated control of the • Cruise control 139 smart Audio-System • Limiter on/off and accepts/ends a call (see the separate operating instructions) 32 Multifunction steering wheel

Function Page Function Page C Cruise control and lim- D Only with an instrument iter switch: cluster with colour dis- V Activates cruise play: control 9 : Scrolls through ^ Deactivates cruise a menu or list 153 control or limiter a È Activates limiter To confirm the selection 153 >> At a glance. • Cruise control 139 Changes to the "Reset val- • Limiter ues" function in certain menus 153 Hides display messages 167

i Voice-operated control as well as control of the telephone and volume using the steering wheel buttons in the control panel on the right = only function with the smart Media-System. If you use a smart Audio-System or an audio device from another manufacturer, the functions may be restricted or not available at all. Centre console 33

Centre console >> At a glance.

i Vehicles with automatic transmission Function Page Function Page B Selector lever 123 : Cup holders 202 C Parking brake 133 ; Transmission position D Cigarette lighter 203 display 124 Power socket 204 = Sets the driving program E AUX/USB port and SD mem- (program selector button) 125 ory card (only with smart ? Drawer 199 Media-System) A Coin holder F Cup holders 203 34 Overhead control panel

Overhead control panel >> At a glance.

Function Page Function Page : Depending on the position ; PASSENGER AIRBAG of the switch: OFF/ON indicator lamps 39 Interior lighting = Rear-view mirror 84 switched on 90 Automatic interior lighting control on 90 Interior lighting switched off 90 Door control panel 35

Door control panel >> At a glance.

Function Page Function Page : Opens the door 68 = W Opens/closes the side windows 72 ; Adjusts the exterior mirrors electrically 84 36 37

Useful information ...... 38 Occupant safety ...... 38 Children in the vehicle ...... 46 Pets in the vehicle ...... 58 Protection against theft ...... 58 Driving safety systems ...... 59 >> Safety. 38 Occupant safety

Useful information An airbag supplements a correctly worn seat belt. The airbag, as an additional i This Owner's Manual describes all mod- safety device, increases protection for els, series and optional equipment for vehicle occupants in applicable accident your vehicle that were available at the situations. The airbags are not deployed, time of going to press. Country-specific for example, in the event of an accident in differences are possible. Note that your which sufficient protection is offered by vehicle may not be fitted with all fea- the seat belt. In addition, only those air- tures described. This is also the case for bags, which in the applicable accident situations offer additional protection, >> Safety. systems and functions relevant to safety. are deployed in the event of an accident. i Read the information on qualified spe- However, the seat belt and airbag generally cialist workshops: (Y page 21). do not protect against objects penetrating the vehicle from the outside. Information on how the restraint system Occupant safety operates can be found under "Deployment of Introduction to the restraint system belt tensioners and airbags" (Y page 45). See "Children in the vehicle" for further The restraint system can reduce the risk of information on children travelling in the vehicle occupants coming into contact with vehicle as well as on child restraint sys- parts of the vehicle's interior in the event tems ( page 46). of an accident. The restraint system can Y also reduce the forces to which vehicle occupants are subjected during an accident. Important safety notes The restraint system includes the: G WARNING RSeat belt system If the restraint system is modified, it may no longer work as intended. The restraint RAirbags system may then not perform its intended RChild restraint system protective function by failing in an acci- RChild seat securing system dent or triggering unexpectedly, for exam- The components of the restraint system ple. There is an increased risk of injury, work in conjunction with each other. They possibly even fatal. can only offer protection if all vehicle Never modify parts of the restraint system. occupants always: Do not attempt to modify the wiring as well Rhave the seat belt correctly fastened as electronic components or their software. ( page 41) Y If it is necessary to modify an airbag sys- Rhave the seat adjusted properly tem to accommodate a person with disabil- ( page 79) Y ities, contact a smart centre. As the driver, you must also make sure that the steering wheel is also adjusted properly. Observe the information on the cor- Restraint system warning lamp rect driver's seat position (Y page 78). In addition, you must make sure that the The functions of the restraint system are airbags can inflate properly if they are checked after the ignition is switched on and at regular intervals while the engine deployed (Y page 43). Occupant safety 39 is running. Therefore, malfunctions can be lamp ; are part of the deactivation system detected in good time. of the front-passenger front airbag. The 6 restraint system warning lamp in The indicator lamps display the status of the instrument cluster lights up when the the front-passenger front airbag. ignition is switched on. It goes out no later RPASSENGER AIR BAG OFF : lights up: the than a few seconds after the engine is star- front-passenger front airbag is disa- ted. The components of the restraint system bled. It will then not be deployed in the are in operational readiness. event of an accident. A malfunction has occurred if the 6 RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON ; lights up: the restraint system warning lamp: front-passenger front airbag is ena- >> Safety. Rdoes not light up after the ignition is bled. If, in the case of an accident, all switched on deployment criteria are met, the front- Rdoes not go out after a few seconds with passenger front airbag is deployed. the engine running Depending on the person in the front- Rlights up again while the engine is run- passenger seat, the front-passenger front ning airbag must either be disabled or enabled. You must make sure of this both before and G WARNING during a journey. If the restraint system is malfunctioning, RChildren in a child restraint system: restraint system components may be trig- whether the front-passenger front air- gered unintentionally or might not be trig- bag must be enabled or disabled depends gered at all in the event of an accident with on the installed child restraint system, a high rate of vehicle deceleration. This and the age and size of the child. There- can effect belt tensioners or airbags, for fore, always observe the information on example. There is an increased risk of "Children in the vehicle" ( page 46). serious or even fatal injuries. Y There you will also find instructions on Have the restraint system checked and backwards and forwards-facing child repaired immediately at a qualified spe- restraint systems on the front-passenger cialist workshop. seat. RAll other persons: the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be off and the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp must be on. The front-passenger front airbag is enabled. If the PASSENGER AIR- BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit, the front- passenger front airbag is disabled. It will then not be deployed in the event of an accident. In this case, the front- passenger seat should not be used. Be sure to observe the notes on "Activat- ing/deactivating the front-passenger airbag" as well as "Seat belts" (Y page 50) (Y page 40) and "Airbags" PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp : (Y page 43). There you can also find and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator information on the correct seat position.

Z 40 Occupant safety

Observe the information on the airbag wise, the belt tensioner could be trig- deactivation system of the front-passenger gered in the event of an accident and front airbag (Y page 50). would have to be replaced.

Important safety notes Seat belts G WARNING Introduction The seat belt cannot perform its intended A correctly worn seat belt is the most effec- protective function if it is not fastened correctly. Also, an improperly fastened

>> Safety. tive means of restraining the movement of vehicle occupants in the event of a colli- seat belt can cause additional injuries in sion or if the vehicle overturns. This the event of an accident, sudden braking or reduces the risk of vehicle occupants com- abrupt changes of direction. There is an ing into contact with parts of the vehicle increased risk of injury, possibly even interior or being ejected from it. The seat fatal. belt also helps to keep the vehicle occu- Always make sure that all vehicle occupants pants in the best position in relation to the are wearing their seat belt properly and airbag being deployed. are seated correctly. The seat belt system consists of: WARNING Rseat belts G The seat belt does not offer the intended Rbelt tensioners and belt force limiters level of protection if you have not moved If the seat belt is pulled quickly or sharply the backrest to an almost vertical position. by the seat belt guide, the inertia reel When braking or in the event of an accident, locks. The belt strap cannot be pulled out you could slide underneath the seat belt and any further. sustain abdomen or neck injuries, for The belt tensioner tightens the seat belt in example. This poses an increased risk of the event of a collision so that it fits injury or even fatal injury. tightly across your body. However, it does Adjust the seat properly before beginning not pull the vehicle occupants back in the your journey. Always ensure that the back- direction of the seat backrest. rest is in an almost vertical position and The belt tensioner does not, however, cor- that the shoulder section of your seatbelt is rect an incorrect seat position or correct routed across the centre of your shoulder. the routing of a seat belt that is worn incorrectly. G WARNING When triggered, seat belt force limiters Persons under 1.50 m tall cannot wear the help to reduce the peak force exerted by the seat belts correctly without a suitable, seat belt on the vehicle occupant. additional restraint system. The seat belt The belt force limiters are synchronised cannot perform its intended protective with the front airbags, which take on a part function if it is not fastened correctly. of the deceleration force. This can reduce Also, an improperly fastened seat belt can the forces to which the vehicle occupants cause additional injuries in the event of an are subjected during an accident. accident, sudden braking or abrupt changes of direction. There is an increased risk of ! If the co-driver's seat is not occupied, injury, possibly even fatal. do not engage the seat belt tongue in the buckle on the co-driver's seat. Other- Secure persons less than 1.50 m tall in a suitable restraint system. Occupant safety 41

If a child under twelve years of age and less Correct use of the seat belt than 1.50 m tall is travelling in the vehicle: Observe the safety notes on the seat belt Ralways secure the child in a child (Y page 40). restraint system suitable for this smart All vehicle occupants must be wearing the vehicle. seat belt correctly before beginning the The child restraint system must be journey. Also make sure that all vehicle appropriate to the age, weight and size occupants are always wearing the seat belt of the child. correctly while the vehicle is in motion. Ralways observe the instructions and When fastening the seat belt, always make safety notes on "Children in the vehicle" sure that: >> Safety. in this Owner's Manual ( page 46) in Y Rthe seat belt tongue is only inserted to addition to the child restraint system the belt buckle belonging to that seat. manufacturer's installation instructions. Rthe seat belt is tight across your body. Avoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a win- G WARNING ter coat. Seat belts cannot protect as intended, if: Rthe seat belt is not twisted. Rthey are damaged, have been modified, Only then can forces which occur be dis- are extremely dirty, bleached or dyed tributed across the surface of the seat Rthe seat belt buckle is damaged or belt. extremely dirty Rthe shoulder section of the belt is always Rmodifications have been made to the belt routed across the centre of your shoul- tensioners, belt anchorages or inertia der. reels The shoulder section of the seat belt Seat belts may sustain non-visible damage should not touch your neck nor be routed in an accident, e.g. due to glass splinters. under your arm. Modified or damaged seat belts can tear or Rthe lap belt passes across your lap as fail, for example in the event of an acci- tightly and as low down as possible. dent. Modified seat belt tensioners may be The lap belt must always be routed across deployed unintentionally or fail to be your hip joints and never across your deployed when required. There is an abdomen. This applies particularly to increased risk of injury, possibly even pregnant women. If necessary, press the fatal. lap belt down into your hip joints and Never modify safety belts, seat belt ten- pull tight with the shoulder section of sioners, seat belt anchorages and inertia the belt. reels. Ensure that seat belts are not dam- Rthe seat belt is not routed across sharp, aged or worn and are clean. After an acci- pointed or fragile objects. dent, have the seat belts checked immedi- If you have such items located on or in ately at a qualified specialist workshop. your clothing, e.g. pens, keys or specta- smart recommends that you only use seat cles, store these in a suitable place. belts which have been approved specifi- Ronly one person is using a seat belt. cally for your vehicle by smart. Any such Infants and children must never travel modifications could invalidate the vehi- sitting on the lap of a vehicle occupant. cle's general operating permit. In the event of an accident, they could be

Z 42 Occupant safety

crushed between the vehicle occupant Releasing the seat belts and seat belt. ! Make sure that the seat belt is fully Robjects are never secured with a seat belt rolled up. Otherwise, the seat belt or if the seat belt is also being used by one belt tongue will be trapped in the door or of the vehicle's occupants. in the seat mechanism. This could dam- Seat belts are only intended to secure and age the door, the door trim panel and the restrain vehicle occupants. Always observe seat belt. Damaged seat belts can no lon- the "Loading guidelines" for securing ger fulfil their protective function and objects, luggage or loads (Y page 198). must be replaced. Visit a qualified spe- >> Safety. cialist workshop. Fastening seat belts Observe the safety notes on the seat belt (Y page 40) and the notes on correct use of seat belts (Y page 41). For easy fastening, the seat belt is guided through a belt loop on the side of the driver's seat.

X Press release button :, hold belt tongue ; and guide it back towards belt outlet =.

Belt warning for the driver and front passenger The 7 seat belt warning lamp in the X Adjust the seat (Y page 78). instrument cluster is a reminder that all The seat backrest must be in an almost vehicle occupants must wear their seat vertical position. belts. It may light up continuously or flash. X Pull the seat belt smoothly from belt out- In addition, a warning tone may sound. let and engage belt tongue into = ; The 7 seat belt warning lamp goes out belt buckle :. and the warning tone ceases when the driver X If necessary, pull upwards on the shoul- and the front passenger have fastened their der section of the seat belt to tighten the seat belt. belt across your body. i If you are using an ISOFIX child restraint system on the front-passenger seat and the child is not secured using the seat belt of the front-passenger seat, Occupant safety 43

the belt warning may be activated. In In order to avoid such risks, always ensure this case, you can insert the belt tongue that all vehicle occupants: of the seat belt into the belt buckle Rfasten their seatbelts correctly, includ- belonging to the front-passenger seat. ing pregnant women To do this, guide the seat belt between the ISOFIX child restraint system and the Rare seated correctly and maintain the backrest of the front-passenger seat. furthest possible distance from the airbags Robserve the following notes Airbags

Always ensure that there are no objects >> Safety. located between the airbag and the vehicle Introduction occupant. The installation location of an airbag is identified by the AIRBAG symbol. RAdjust the seats properly before begin- An airbag supplements a correctly worn ning your journey. Always make sure that seat belt. It is not a replacement for the the seat is in an almost upright position. seat belt. The airbag offers additional RMove the driver's and front-passenger protection in applicable accident situa- seats as far back as possible. The driv- tions. er's seat position must allow the vehicle Not all airbags are deployed in an acci- to be driven safely. dent. The different airbag systems work ROnly hold the steering wheel on the outside. This allows the airbag to be fully independently of each other (Y page 45). However, no system available today can deployed. completely eliminate injuries and fatali- RAlways lean against the backrest while ties. driving. Do not lean forwards or lean It is also not possible to completely rule against the door or side window. You may out a risk of injury caused by an airbag due otherwise be in the deployment area of to the speed at which the airbag must be the airbags. deployed. RAlways keep your feet in the footwell in front of the seat. Do not put your feet on Important safety notes the dashboard, for example. Your feet may otherwise be in the deployment area G WARNING of the airbag. If you deviate from the correct seat posi- RAlways secure persons less than 1.50 m tion, the airbag cannot perform its inten- tall in suitable restraint systems. Up to ded protective function and can even cause this height, the seat belt cannot be worn additional injuries when deployed. There correctly. is an increased risk of serious or even fatal If a child is travelling in your vehicle, injuries. also observe the following notes: RAlways secure children under twelve years of age and less than 1.50 m tall in suitable child restraint systems. ROnly secure a child to the front- passenger seat when the front-passenger front airbag is disabled, and only then in a rearward-facing child restraint sys-

Z 44 Occupant safety

tem. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi- impaired. The airbags might therefore not cator lamp is permanently lit, the front- function properly any more. Consequently, passenger front airbag is disabled the airbags cannot protect vehicle occu- (Y page 39). pants as they are designed to do. This poses RAlways observe the instructions and an increased risk of injury. safety notes on "Children in the vehicle" Never modify the doors or parts of the (Y page 46) and on the "Child restraint doors. Always have work on the doors or door system on the front-passenger seat" panelling carried out at a qualified spe- (Y page 51) in addition to the child cialist workshop.

>> Safety. restraint system manufacturer's installation instructions. Front airbags Objects in the vehicle interior may prevent the airbag from functioning correctly. Before starting your journey and to avoid risks resulting from the speed of the airbag as it deploys, make sure that: Rthere are no people, animals or objects between the vehicle occupants and an airbag. Rthere are no objects between the seat, the door and the door pillar (B-pillar). Rno hard objects, e.g. coat hangers, are hanging on the grab handles or coat Driver's airbag : deploys in front of the hooks. steering wheel. Front-passenger front air- Rno accessories, such as cup holders, are bag ; deploys in front of and above the attached to the vehicle within the glove compartment. deployment area of an airbag, e.g. to When deployed, the front airbags offer doors or side windows. additional head and thorax protection for Rno heavy, sharp-edged or fragile objects the occupants in the front seats. are in the pockets of your clothing. Store The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER such objects in a suitable place. AIR BAG ON indicator lamps inform you about the status of the front-passenger WARNING G front airbag ( page 39). If you modify an airbag cover or affix Y objects such as stickers to it, the airbag Driver's kneebag can no longer function correctly. There is an increased risk of injury. Never modify an airbag cover or affix objects to it.

G WARNING Sensors to control the airbags are located in the doors. Modifications or work not performed correctly to the doors or door panelling, as well as damaged doors, can lead to the function of the sensors being Occupant safety 45

Driver's kneebag : deploys under the Do not touch the airbag parts. Have a steering column. The driver's kneebag is deployed airbag replaced at a qualified triggered together with the front airbags. specialist workshop as soon as possible. The driver's kneebag offers additional thigh, knee and lower leg protection for the G WARNING occupant in the driver's seat. Pyrotechnic seat belt tensioners that have been deployed are no longer operational Head/thorax airbags and are unable to perform their intended protective function. This poses an WARNING G increased risk of injury or even fatal >> Safety. Unsuitable seat covers can obstruct or pre- injury. vent the deployment of the airbags inte- Therefore, have pyrotechnic belt tension- grated into the seats. Consequently, the ers which have been triggered immediately airbags cannot protect vehicle occupants replaced at a qualified specialist work- as they are designed to do. This poses an shop. increased risk of injury or even fatal injury. smart recommends that you have the vehicle You should only use seat covers that have towed to a qualified specialist workshop been approved for the corresponding seats after an accident. Take this into account, by smart. particularly if a seat belt tensioner was triggered or an airbag was deployed. If the belt tensioners are triggered or an airbag is deployed, you will hear a bang, and a small amount of powder may also be released. The 6 restraint system warning lamp lights up. Only in rare cases will the bang affect your hearing. In general, the powder released is not hazardous to health but may cause short-term breathing difficulties to persons suffering from asthma or other pul- monary conditions. Provided it is safe to Head/thorax airbags : deploy next to the outer bolster of the seat backrest. do so, you should leave the vehicle immediately or open the window in order to pre- When deployed, the head/thorax airbag vent breathing difficulties. offers additional head and thorax protection. However, it does not protect the arms. Method of operation During the first stage of a collision, the Deployment of belt tensioners and air- restraint system control unit evaluates bags important physical data relating to vehicle deceleration or acceleration, such as: Important safety notes Rduration G WARNING Rdirection After the airbag deploys, the airbag parts Rintensity are hot. There is a risk of injury.

Z 46 Children in the vehicle

Based on the evaluation of this data, the airbag, nor do they provide an indication restraint system control unit triggers the of airbag deployment. seat belt tensioners in the event of a head- The vehicle may be deformed significantly on or rear collision. without an airbag being deployed. This is A seat belt tensioner can only be triggered the case if only parts which are relatively if: easily deformed are affected and the rate of deceleration is not high. Conversely, an Rthe ignition is switched on airbag may be deployed even though the Rthe components of the restraint system vehicle suffers only minor deformation. are operational; see "Restraint system

>> Safety. This is the case if, for example, very rigid warning lamp" ( page 38) Y vehicle parts such as longitudinal body Rthe belt tongue has engaged in the belt members are hit, and sufficient decelera- buckle of the respective front seat tion occurs as a result. If the restraint system control unit detects If the restraint system control unit detects a high severity of an accident, in certain a side impact, the applicable components head-on collisions, additional compo- of the restraint system are activated inde- nents of the restraint system are deployed pendently of each other depending on the independently of each other: apparent type of accident. Rfront airbags and driver's kneebag The head/thorax airbag will deploy on the The front-passenger front airbag can only side on which an impact occurs, independ- be deployed in an accident if the ent from the seat belt tensioner and seat PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is belt usage off. Observe the information on the i Not all airbags are deployed in an acci- PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp dent. The different airbag systems work (Y page 39). independently of each other. The activation threshold for the seat belt How the airbag system works is deter- tensioners and airbags is determined mined by the severity of the accident based on the evaluation of the vehicle's detected, especially the vehicle decel- rate of deceleration or acceleration at eration or acceleration, and the appa- various points in the vehicle. This process rent type of accident: is pre-emptive in nature. The triggering/ deployment process should take place in Rhead-on collision good time at the start of the collision. Rside impact The rate of vehicle deceleration or acceleration and the direction of the force are essentially determined by: Children in the vehicle Rthe distribution of forces during the Important safety notes collision If a child younger than 12 years old and Rthe collision angle under 1.50 m in height is travelling in the Rthe deformation characteristics of the vehicle: vehicle Ralways secure the child in a child Rthe characteristics of the object with restraint system suitable for smart which the vehicle has collided vehicles. The child restraint system Factors which can only be seen and meas- ured after a collision has occurred do not play a decisive role in the deployment of an Children in the vehicle 47

must be appropriate to the age, weight Always ensure that all vehicle occupants and size of the child have their seat belts fastened correctly Rbe sure to observe the instructions and and are sitting properly. Particular atten- safety notes in this section in addition tion must be paid to children. to the child restraint system manufac- Observe the safety notes on the seat belt turer's installation instructions (Y page 40) and the notes on correct use of seat belts (Y page 41). G WARNING If you leave children unattended in the vehicle, they may be able to set the vehicle

Child restraint system >> Safety. in motion if, for example, they: Observe the instructions for correct use of Rrelease the parking brake the child restraint system (Y page 53). Rshift the automatic transmission out of For safety reasons, smart recommends that park position P or shift manual trans- you only use a child restraint system rec- mission into neutral ommended by smart (Y page 56). Rstart the engine WARNING In addition, they may operate vehicle G equipment and become trapped. There is a If the child restraint system is incorrectly risk of an accident and injury. fitted on the seat position suitable for this purpose, it cannot perform its intended When leaving the vehicle, always take the protective function. In the event of an key with you and lock the vehicle. Never accident, sharp braking or a sudden change leave children unattended in the vehicle. in direction, the child may not be held securely. There is an increased risk of WARNING G serious or even fatal injuries. If persons (particularly children) are Observe the manufacturer's installation exposed to heat or cold for a prolonged instructions and the correct use for the period, there is a risk of serious or even child restraint system. Make sure that the fatal injuries. Never leave persons (par- entire surface of the child restraint system ticularly children) unattended in the vehi- is resting on the seat surface. Never place cle. objects under or behind the child restraint system, e.g. cushions. Only use child WARNING G restraint systems with the original cover If the child restraint system is placed in designed for them. Only replace damaged direct sunlight, the parts could become covers with genuine covers. very hot. Children could be suffer burns by touching these parts, in particular on the WARNING metallic parts of the child restraint sys- G If the child restraint system is fitted tem. There is a risk of injury. incorrectly or is not secured, it can come If you and your child leave the vehicle, loose in the event of an accident, heavy always make sure that the child restraint braking or a sudden change in direction. system is not in direct sunlight. Cover it The child restraint system could be thrown with a blanket, for example. If the child about, striking vehicle occupants. There is restraint system has been exposed to direct an increased risk of injury, possibly even sunlight, leave it to cool down before fatal. securing the child in it. Never leave children unattended in the vehicle.

Z 48 Children in the vehicle

Always fit child restraint systems prop- ISOFIX child seat securing system erly, even if they are not being used. Make sure that you observe the child restraint G WARNING system manufacturer's installation ISOFIX child restraint systems do not offer instructions. sufficient protective effect for children whose weight is greater than 22 kg who are You will find further information on stow- secured using the safety belt integrated in ing objects, luggage or loads under "Load- the child restraint system. The child could, ing guidelines" (Y page 198). for example, not be restrained correctly in the event of an accident. This poses an >> Safety. WARNING G increased risk of injury or even fatal Child restraint systems or their securing injury. systems that have been damaged or subjec- If the child weighs more than 22 kg, only use ted to a load in an accident cannot perform ISOFIX child restraint systems with which their intended protective function. In the the child is also secured with the vehicle event of an accident, sharp braking or a seat belt. Also secure the child restraint sudden change in direction, the child may system with the Top Tether belt, if availa- not be held securely. There is an increased ble. risk of serious or even fatal injuries. Immediately replace child restraint sys- When fitting a child restraint system, be tems that have been damaged or subjected to sure to observe the manufacturer's instal- a load in an accident. Have the child lation instructions and the instructions restraint securing systems checked in a for correct use of the child restraint sys- qualified specialist workshop before fit- tem (Y page 53). ting a child restraint system again. Before every trip, make sure that the ISO- FIX child restraint system is engaged cor- Securing systems for child restraint sys- rectly in both ISOFIX securing rings. tems include: Rthe seat belt system Rthe ISOFIX securing rings Rthe Top Tether anchorages i If you install a child restraint system on the front-passenger seat, make sure that the backrest is securely engaged (Y page 80). i If a child is carried on the front- passenger seat, be sure to observe the information on "Child restraint systems : ISOFIX securing rings

on the front-passenger seat" X Install the ISOFIX child restraint system (Y page 51). There you will also find on both ISOFIX securing rings :. information on disabling the front- passenger front airbag. ISOFIX is a standardised securing system for specially designed child restraint Observe the warning labels in the vehicle systems. ISOFIX securing rings : for an interior and on the child restraint system. ISOFIX child restraint system are fitted to the front-passenger seat. Children in the vehicle 49

Secure child restraint systems without an Top Tether anchorages ISOFIX child seat securing system using the seat belts in the vehicle. When fitting a child restraint system, be sure to observe the manufacturer's installation and operating instructions and the instructions for correct use of the child restraint system (Y page 53). If you are using an ISOFIX child restraint

system on the front-passenger seat whereby >> Safety. the child is not secured using the seat belt of the front-passenger seat, the belt warning may be activated (Y page 42). : Loop To deactivate the belt warning for the ; Top Tether anchorage front-passenger, proceed as follows:

X Insert the seat belt tongue into the buckle before the child restraint system is fitted to the front-passenger seat.

X Then fit the ISOFIX child restraint system to the front-passenger seat (with seat belt fastened). Make sure that the seat belt does not become damaged.

; Top Tether anchorage Top Tether = Top Tether hook Introduction ? Top Tether belt Top Tether provides an additional connec- Top Tether anchorage ; is fitted to the tion between the child restraint system luggage compartment floor. secured with ISOFIX and the vehicle. It X Fit the ISOFIX child restraint system helps reduce the risk of injury even fur- with Top Tether. Always comply with the ther. If the child restraint system is fitted child restraint system manufacturer's with a Top Tether belt, this should always installation instructions when doing so. be used. X Route Top Tether belt ? back over the head restraint, keeping it as central as possible, into the luggage compartment through loop :. X Hook Top Tether hook = of Top Tether belt = into Top Tether anchorage ;. Lift up the carpet a little if necessary.

Z 50 Children in the vehicle

Ensure that: In this case, always ensure that the co- RTop Tether hook = is hooked into Top driver's airbag is disabled. The Tether anchorage ; as shown. PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp must light up. RTop Tether belt ? is not twisted. X Tension Top Tether belt ?. Always com- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator ply with the child restraint system man- lamp remains off and/or the PASSENGER AIR ufacturer's installation instructions BAG ON indicator lamp is lit, do not fit a when doing so. rearward-facing child restraint system to the front-passenger seat. For more infor- >> Safety. mation, see "Problems with automatic Disabling/activating the front- front-passenger airbag deactivation" passenger front airbag (Y page 53).

G WARNING G WARNING If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator If you secure a child in a forward-facing lamp is lit, the front-passenger front air- child restraint system on the front- bag is disabled. It will not be deployed in passenger seat and you position the front- the event of an accident and cannot perform passenger seat too close to the dashboard, its intended protective function. A person in the event of an accident, the child could: in the front-passenger seat could then, for Rcome into contact with the vehicle's example, come into contact with the vehi- interior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF cle's interior, especially if the person is indicator lamp is lit, for example sitting too close to the dashboard. This Rbe struck by the airbag if the PASSENGER poses an increased risk of injury or even AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is on. fatal injury. This poses an increased risk of injury or In this case the front-passenger seat may even fatal injury. not be used. You may only transport a child Move the front-passenger seat as far back on the front-passenger seat if they are as possible. Always make sure that the seated in a suitable rearward or forward- shoulder belt strap is correctly routed facing child restraint system. Always from the vehicle belt outlet to the shoulder observe the information about suitable belt guide on the child restraint system. positioning of the child restraint system The shoulder belt strap must be routed for- in this Owner's Manual as well as the child wards and downwards from the vehicle belt restraint system manufacturer's installa- outlet. If necessary, adjust the front- tion instructions. passenger seat accordingly. Additionally, always observe the information on suitable WARNING G positioning of the child restraint system If you secure a child on the co-driver's seat in this Owner's Manual in addition to the in a rearward-facing child restraint sys- child restraint system manufacturer's tem and the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indica- installation instructions. tor lamp lights up, the co-driver's airbag could be deployed in the event of an accident. The child could be struck by the airbag. There is an increased risk of injury, possibly even fatal. Children in the vehicle 51

lights up and stays on when the ignition is switched on (Y page 39). The passenger airbag is enabled when the ignition is switched on unless the passenger airbag has been manually disabled. If the passenger airbag is deactivated and the ignition is switched on, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 4 indicator lamp in the overhead control panel

(Y page 39) lights up permanently. >> Safety. Warning symbol for a rearward-facing child restraint system If you use a rearward-facing child Child restraint system on the front- restraint system on the front-passenger passenger seat seat, you must disable the front-passenger General notes front airbag. If you secure a child in a child restraint system on the front-passenger seat, always observe the information on "Disabling the front-passenger front airbag" (Y page 50). You can thus avoid the risks that could arise as a result of: Rthe enabling or disabling of the front- passenger front airbag by mistake Rthe unsuitable positioning of the child restraint system, e.g. too close to the dashboard The airbag-off switch for manually activating and disabling the front-passenger front airbag is in the dashboard on the front-passenger side.

X Push in airbag-off switch : beyond the point of resistance.

X To disable the front-passenger front airbag: turn airbag-off switch : anti- clockwise. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 4 indicator lamp on the overhead control panel lights up and stays on when the ignition Please observe the warning notice on the front-passenger sun visor, see the illus- is switched on (Y page 39). tration. X To activate the front-passenger front airbag: turn airbag-off switch : clock- G WARNING wise. If you secure a child in a child restraint The PASSENGER AIR BAG ON × indica- system on the front-passenger seat and the tor lamp on the overhead control panel PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is

Z 52 Children in the vehicle

off, the front-passenger front airbag can Always make sure that the shoulder belt deploy in the event of an accident. The strap is correctly routed from the front- child could be struck by the airbag. This passenger seat belt guide to the shoulder poses an increased risk of injury or even belt guide on the child restraint system. fatal injury. The shoulder belt strap must be routed for- Make sure that the front-passenger front wards and downwards from the front- airbag has been disabled. The PASSENGER passenger seat belt guide. If necessary, AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit. adjust the front-passenger seat accordingly.

>> Safety. NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.

Rearward-facing child restraint system

Warning symbol for a rearward-facing child restraint system If you secure a child in a rearward-facing child restraint system on the front- passenger seat, always make sure that the front-passenger front airbag is disabled. Only if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is permanently lit (Y page 39) is the front-passenger front airbag disabled. Always observe the information on suitable positioning of the child restraint system (Y page 53) in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer's installation and operating instructions.

Forward-facing child restraint system If you secure a child in a forward-facing child restraint system on the front- passenger seat, always move the front- passenger seat as far back as possible. Children in the vehicle 53

Problems with automatic front-passenger airbag deactivation

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The PASSENGER AIR The front-passenger airbag has been disabled manually BAG OFF 4 indica- (Y page 50). tor lamp on the over- X Nobody may use the front-passenger seat unless a suitable head control panel is rearward-facing child restraint system is being used. lit. The front-passenger airbag has not been disabled manually >> Safety. (Y page 50). The airbag deactivation is malfunctioning. X Do not use a rearward-facing child restraint system on the front-passenger seat.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

The PASSENGER AIR The passenger airbag has been manually activated (Y page 50). BAG OFF × indica- The system operates correctly. tor lamp on the over- X Do not use a rearward-facing child restraint system on the head control panel is front-passenger seat. lit. The PASSENGER AIR The airbag system is malfunctioning. BAG ON indica- × X Nobody may use the front-passenger seat. tor lamp does not light Visit a qualified specialist workshop. up if the passenger X airbag on the overhead control panel was activated manually.

Suitable positioning of the child restraint system Introduction Only child restraint systems which are approved in accordance with the ECE standard ECE R44 are permitted for use in the vehicle. For certain child restraint systems in weight categories II or III, this can mean that the area of use is restricted. The max- Example: approval label on the child restraint imum size setting of the child restraint system system is not possible due to possible con- "Universal" category child restraint sys- tact with the roof. tems can be used on the seats indicated "Universal" category child restraint sys- with U, UF or IUF according to the tables tems can be recognised by their orange "Suitability of the seats for attaching approval label and the text "Universal". belt-secured child restraint systems" or

Z 54 Children in the vehicle

"Suitability of the seats for attaching an ISOFIX child restraint system". Semi-universal child restraint systems are indicated by the text "Semi-universal" on the approval label. These can be used if the vehicle and the seat are listed in the child restraint system manufacturer's vehicle model list. For more information, contact the child restraint system manu-

>> Safety. facturer or visit their website. Child restraint system on the front- passenger seat – if you secure a child in a child restraint system on the front- passenger seat:

X Always pay attention to the instructions under "Child restraint system on the front-passenger seat" (Y page 51). There you will find instructions on how to correctly route the shoulder belt strap from the vehicle belt outlet to the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint system (Y page 52). X Move the front-passenger seat as far back as possible.

X Move the backrest to an almost vertical position. The base of the child restraint system must lie fully against the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The back of a forward-facing child restraint system must lie as flat as possible against the front-passenger backrest. The child restraint system must not touch the roof or be subjected to a load by the head restraint. Adjust the backrest angle accordingly. Also observe the child restraint system manufacturer's installation instructions. Children in the vehicle 55

Suitability of the seats for attaching belt-secured child restraint systems In addition, always observe the information given under "Child restraint system" (Y page 47), as well as the child restraint system manufacturer's installation instructions. Legend for the table: X Seat which is unsuitable for children in this weight category. U Suitable for child restraint systems in the "Universal" category that are approved for use in this weight category.

UF Suitable for forward-facing child restraint systems that belong to the "Universal" >> Safety. category and are approved for use in this weight category. L Suitable for child restraint systems as recommended, see the table of "Recommended child restraint systems" (Y page 56). Suitable for semi-universal child-restraint systems if the vehicle and the seat are listed in the child restraint system manufacturer's vehicle model list. Front-passenger seat

Weight categories Front-passenger front air- Front-passenger front airbag is activated bag is deactivated1 Category 0: up to 10 kg X U, L Category 0+: up to 13 kg X U, L Category I: 9 to 18 kg UF, L U, L Category II: 15 to 25 kg UF, L U, L Category III: 22 to 36 kg U, L U, L

Suitability of the seats for attaching ISOFIX child restraint systems In addition, always observe the information given under "Child restraint system" (Y page 47), as well as the child restraint system manufacturer's installation instructions. Legend for the table: X ISOFIX position that is not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems in this weight category and/or size category. IUF Suitable for forward-facing ISOFIX child seat securing systems that belong to the "universal" category which are approved for use in this weight category. IL Suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems as recommended; see the following table of "Recommended child restraint systems" (Y page 56). The manufacturer will also recommend a suitable ISOFIX child restraint system. For this, your vehicle and the seat must be listed in the child restraint system manufacturer's model list. For more information, contact the child restraint system manufacturer or visit their website.

1 The front-passenger front airbag must be deactivated. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be on.

Z 56 Children in the vehicle

Weight category Size category Equipment Front- passenger seat Carry-cot F ISO/L1 X G ISO/L2 X 0 up to 10 kg E ISO/R1 IL1 up to approximately 6 months >> Safety. 0+ up to 13 kg E ISO/R1 IL1 up to approximately 15 months D ISO/R2 IL1 C ISO/R3 IL1 I 9 kg up to 18 kg D ISO/R2 IL1 between approximately C ISO/R3 IL1 9 months and 4 years B ISO/F2 IUF B1 ISO/F2X IUF A ISO/F3 IUF

Recommended child restraint systems General notes Always observe the information in "Child restraint systems on the front-passenger seat" (Y page 51) and in "Suitable positioning of the child restraint system" (Y page 53). You can obtain further information about the correct child restraint system from any smart centre. The smart fortwo does not have automatic child seat recognition.

X Before using a rearward-facing child restraint on the front-passenger seat, disable the front-passenger airbag (Y page 50).

1 The front-passenger front airbag must be deactivated. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be on. Children in the vehicle 57

Recommended child restraint systems for attaching with the vehicle seat belt

Weight category Manufac- Type Approval number Order number turer (E1 ...) (A 000 ...)2 Category 0: Britax Römer BABY SAFE 03 301146 970 10 00 up to 10 kg PLUS 04 301146 up to approx- BABY SAFE 04 301146 970 20 00 imately 6 months plus II >> Safety. Category 0+: Britax Römer BABY SAFE 03 301146 970 10 00 up to 13 kg PLUS 04 301146 up to approx- BABY SAFE 04 301146 970 20 00 imately 15 months plus II Category I: Britax Römer DUO PLUS 03 301133 970 16 00 9 kg up to 18 kg 04 301133 between approximately 9 months and 4 years Category II/III: Britax Römer KIDFIX3 04 301198 970 19 00 15 kg up to 36 kg from approximately 4 years to 12 years

Recommended ISOFIX child restraint systems for the "Universal"/"Semi-Universal" category

Weight cate- Size cate- Manufac- Type Approval Order num- gory gory turer number ber2 (E1 ...) Category 0+: E Britax BABY SAFE 03 301146 B6 6 86 8224 up to 13 kg Römer plus 04 301146 Category I: B1 Britax DUO PLUS 03 301133 A 000 970 16 9 kg up to Römer 04 301133 00 18 kg

2 Colour code 9H95 3 Before fitting the KIDFIX child restraint system in the vehicle, always observe the child restraint system manufacturer's installation instructions. These also contain information on the different installation methods possible.

Z 58 Protection against theft

Pets in the vehicle Rthe side windows are closed. Rno objects, such as mascots, are hanging from the rear-view mirror or grab G WARNING If you leave animals unsupervised or unse- handles. cured in the vehicle, they may push a button This will prevent false alarms. or a switch, for example. X Make sure that: They could: Rthe doors are closed. R Ractivate vehicle equipment and become the tailgate is closed Rthe service cover is closed.

>> Safety. trapped, for example Rswitch vehicle systems on or off, thus X Press the & button on the key. endangering other road users The alarm system is primed after approx- In the event of an accident, sudden braking imately 30 seconds. or abrupt changes of direction, unsecured i If the service cover is open or is not animals could be flung around the vehicle, properly closed, the vehicle will be injuring the vehicle occupants. There is a locked. The anti-theft alarm system is risk of an accident and injury. primed. To remind you that the service Never leave animals unattended in the cover is not secured, a warning tone vehicle. Always secure animals correctly sounds for 30 seconds. Ensure that the during a journey, e.g. in an animal trans- service cover is properly closed. Only port box. then is the anti-theft alarm system correctly primed and the service cover properly secured. Protection against theft Deactivating Immobiliser X Press the % button on the key. The immobiliser prevents your vehicle or from being started without the correct key. X Unlock the vehicle by using the key in the X To activate: remove the key from the emergency lock. ignition lock. and X To deactivate: switch on the ignition. Switch the ignition on. When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle. The Examples for triggering the alarm engine can be started by anyone with a A visual and audible alarm is triggered if valid key that is left inside the vehicle. the alarm system is primed and you open: i The immobiliser is always deactivated Rthe vehicle by using the key in the emer- when you start the engine. gency lock Ra door Anti-theft alarm system Rthe tailgate Rthe service cover Activating

X Make sure that: Driving safety systems 59

Switching off the alarm minimum tyre tread depths, etc. (Y page 240). X To switch off the alarm: press the % button on the key. In wintry driving conditions, always use The alarm is switched off. winter tyres (M+S tyres) and, if necessary, snow chains. Only in this way will the driv- or ing safety systems described in this sec- X Insert the key into the ignition lock. tion work as effectively as possible. The alarm is switched off. For safety reasons, smart recommends that The alarm is not switched off, even if you you only use snow chains that have been close the open door that has triggered it, specially approved for your vehicle by >> Safety. for example. smart, or fine-link snow chains that are of a corresponding standard of quality. For more information, please contact a quali- Driving safety systems fied specialist workshop. Driving safety systems overview In this section, you will find information ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) about the following driving safety systems: General notes Rabs (Anti-lock Braking System) abs regulates brake pressure in such a way (Y page 59) that the wheels do not lock when you brake. RDistance warning function ( page 60) Y This allows you to continue steering the ® Resp (Electronic Stability Program) vehicle when braking. ( page 61) Y The ! abs warning lamp in the instru- REBD (electronic brake force distribu- ment cluster lights up when the ignition is tion) (Y page 62) switched on. It goes out when the engine is running.

Important safety notes Important safety notes If you fail to adapt your driving style or if i Observe the "Important safety notes" you are inattentive, the driving safety sys- section for driving safety systems tems can neither reduce the risk of acci- ( page 59). dent nor override the laws of physics. Driv- Y ing safety systems are merely aids When abs is malfunctioning, other systems, designed to assist driving. You are including driving safety systems, will also responsible for the distance to the vehicle become inoperative. Observe the informa- in front, for vehicle speed and for braking tion on the abs warning lamp (Y page 185) in good time. Always adapt your driving and display messages which may be shown style to suit the prevailing road, weather in the instrument cluster (Y page 170). and traffic conditions and maintain a safe WARNING distance from the vehicle in front. Drive G carefully. If ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock when braking. The steerability and braking The driving safety systems described only characteristics may be severely impaired. work as effectively as possible when there Additionally, further driving safety sys- is adequate contact between the tyres and tems are deactivated. There is an increased the road surface. Please pay special atten- danger of skidding and accidents. tion to the notes on tyres, recommended

Z 60 Driving safety systems

Drive on carefully. Have ABS checked imme- Thus, the distance warning function cannot diately at a qualified specialist workshop. provide a warning in all critical situations. There is a risk of an accident. abs works from a speed of about 6 km/h, Always pay careful attention to the traffic regardless of road-surface conditions. abs situation and be ready to brake. works on slippery surfaces, even when you only brake gently. G WARNING The distance warning function cannot Braking always clearly identify objects and com- >> Safety. X If abs intervenes: continue to depress plex traffic situations. the brake pedal with force until the In such cases, the distance warning func- braking situation is over. tion may: X To make a full brake application: Rgive an unnecessary warning depress the brake pedal with full force. Rnot give a warning If abs intervenes when braking, you will There is a risk of an accident. feel a pulsing in the brake pedal. Always pay careful attention to the traffic The pulsating brake pedal can be an indi- situation; do not rely on the distance warn- cation of hazardous road conditions, and ing function alone. functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving. Observe the "Important safety notes" section for driving safety systems (Y page 59). In particular, the detection of obstacles Distance warning function can be impaired if there is: General notes Rdirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors The distance warning function can help you to minimise the risk of a collision with a Rsnow or heavy rain vehicle ahead or reduce the effects of such Rinterference by other radar sources an accident. If the distance warning func- Rthe possibility of strong radar reflection detects that there is a risk of a col- tions, for example, in multi-storey car lision, you will be warned visually and parks acoustically. Ra narrow vehicle travelling in front, e.g. Starting the engine also switches on the a motorcycle distance warning function. Ra vehicle travelling in front on a different line Important safety notes Rnew vehicles or after a service on the distance warning system G WARNING The distance warning function does not Please observe the information in the react: section on running-in the vehicle (Y page 114). Rto people or animals Following damage to the front end of the Rto oncoming vehicles vehicle, have the configuration and oper- Rto crossing traffic ation of the radar sensor checked at a Rwhen cornering qualified specialist workshop. This also applies to collisions at slow speeds where Driving safety systems 61 there is no visible damage to the front of Up to a speed of around 70 km/h, the dis- the vehicle. tance warning function can also react to stationary obstacles, such as stopped or Function parked vehicles.

ESP® (Electronic Stability Program) General notes

i Observe the "Important safety notes" >> Safety. section (Y page 59). esp® monitors driving stability and traction, i.e. power transmission between the tyres and the road surface. If esp® detects that the vehicle is deviat- X To switch off: press button ;. ing from the direction desired by the Indicator lamp : lights up. driver, one or more wheels are braked to X To switch on: press button ;. stabilise the vehicle. The engine output is Indicator lamp : goes out. also modified to keep the vehicle on the The distance warning function issues a desired course within physical limits. warning at speeds: esp® assists the driver when pulling away on wet or slippery roads. esp® can also sta- Rof around 30 km/h or more, if, over sev- bilise the vehicle during braking. eral seconds, the distance maintained to the vehicle travelling in front is insufficient. The · distance warning lamp ETS (Electronic Traction System) then lights up in the instrument cluster. i Observe the "Important safety notes" Rof around 7 km/h or more, if you rapidly section (Y page 59). approach a vehicle in front. An inter- ETS traction control is part of esp®. mittent warning tone will then sound and ETS brakes the drive wheels individually if the · distance warning lamp will they spin. This enables you to pull away and light up in the instrument cluster. accelerate on slippery surfaces, for exam- X Brake immediately in order to increase ple if the road surface is slippery on one the distance from the vehicle in front. side. In addition, more drive torque is or transferred to the wheel with traction. X Take evasive action provided it is safe to do so. Important safety notes

Due to the nature of the system, particu- WARNING larly complicated but non-critical driv- G If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable to ing conditions may also cause the system to stabilise the vehicle. In addition, other display a warning. driving safety systems are switched off. With the help of the radar sensor system, This increases the risk of skidding and an the distance warning function can detect accident. obstacles that are in the path of your vehi- ® cle for an extended period of time. Drive on carefully. Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Z 62 Driving safety systems

! If you test the parking brake using a esp® intervenes with stabilising braking brake dynamometer, switch the ignition to assist you in keeping the vehicle in the off. Application of the brakes by ESP® lane. may otherwise destroy the brake system. crosswind assist is active at vehicle Observe the notes on esp® when towing away speeds above 70 km/h when driving straight your vehicle with the rear axle raised ahead or cornering gently. (Y page 232). Important safety notes ® If the ÷ esp warning lamp lights up crosswind assist does not work if esp® is permanently, esp® or hill start assist are

>> Safety. disabled because of a malfunction. unavailable due to a malfunction. Observe the information on warning lamps (Y page 187) and display messages which EBD (electronic brake force distribu- may be shown in the instrument cluster tion) ( page 171). Y General notes i Only use wheels with the recommended tyre sizes. Only then will esp® function EBD monitors and controls the brake pres- properly. sure on the rear wheels to improve driving stability while braking. Characteristics of ESP® Important safety notes General notes i Observe the "Important safety notes" ® If the ÷ esp warning lamp goes out section (Y page 59). before the journey begins, esp® is auto- WARNING matically active. G ® ® If EBD is malfunctioning, the rear wheels If esp intervenes, the ÷ esp warning can lock, e.g. under full braking. This lamp flashes in the instrument cluster. increases the risk of skidding and an acci- If esp® intervenes: dent.

X When pulling away, only depress the You should therefore adapt your driving accelerator pedal as far as is necessary. style to the different handling characteristics. Have the brake system checked at a X Adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing road and weather conditions. qualified specialist workshop. Observe information regarding indicator crosswind assist and warning lamps (Y page 187) as well as display messages ( page 169). General notes Y Strong crosswind gusts can impair the roadholding of your vehicle when driving straight ahead. The crosswind driving assistance function integrated in esp® noticeably reduces these impairments. Depending on the direction and intensity of the side wind, esp® is activated automatically. 63

Useful information ...... 64 Key ...... 64 Doors ...... 68 Luggage compartment ...... 71 Side windows ...... 72 Operating the roller sunblind for the panoramic roof ...... 75 >> Opening and closing. 64 Key

Useful information cause the engine to be switched off. There is a risk of an accident. i This Owner's Manual describes all mod- Do not attach any heavy or large objects to els, series and optional equipment for the key. Remove any bulky keyrings before your vehicle that were available at the inserting the key into the ignition lock. time of going to press. Country-specific differences are possible. Note that your ! Keep the key away from strong magnetic vehicle may not be fitted with all fea- fields. Otherwise, the remote control tures described. This is also the case for function could be affected. systems and functions relevant to safety. Strong magnetic fields can occur in the i Read the information on qualified spe- vicinity of powerful electrical installations. cialist workshops: (Y page 21). Do not keep the key: Rwith electronic devices, e.g. a mobile Key phone or another key Important safety notes Rwith metallic objects, e.g. coins or metal film WARNING G Rwith metallic objects, e.g. a metal case >> Opening and closing. If children are left unattended in the vehi- Only for England: cle, they could: Ropen doors, thus endangering other peo- G WARNING ple or road users When the double locks are activated, the Rexit the vehicle and be caught by oncom- doors can no longer be opened from the ing traffic inside. People in the vehicle can no longer get out, e.g. in hazardous situations. There Roperate vehicle equipment and become is a risk of injury. trapped Therefore, do not leave any people unsu- Children could also set the vehicle in pervised in the vehicle, particularly chil- motion by, for example: dren, elderly people or people in need of Rreleasing the parking brake special assistance. Do not activate the Rshifting the manual transmission into double lock when people are in the vehicle. neutral The double-lock function is activated if Rstarting the engine you press the locking button twice when There is a risk of an accident and injury. locking the vehicle. It is then not possible When leaving the vehicle, always take the to open the doors from inside the vehicle. key with you and lock the vehicle. Never leave children and animals unattended in G WARNING the vehicle. Keep the key out of the reach of If persons (particularly children) are children. exposed to heat or cold for a prolonged period, there is a risk of serious or even G WARNING fatal injuries. Never leave persons (par- If you attach heavy or large objects to the ticularly children) unattended in the vehi- key, the key could be unintentionally cle. turned in the ignition lock. This could Key 65

Key functions Battery of the key Important safety notes

G WARNING Batteries contain toxic and corrosive sub- stances. If batteries are swallowed, it can result in severe health problems. There is a risk of fatal injury. Keep batteries out of the reach of children. If a battery is swallowed, seek medical attention immediately. : % Unlocks the vehicle Environmental note ; Opens the tailgate H º Batteries contain pollu- = & Locks the vehicle tants. It is illegal to dis- X To unlock centrally: press button :. pose of them with the household rubbish. They If you do not open the vehicle within must be collected sepa- approximately 2 minutes of unlocking: rately and disposed of in an >> Opening and closing. Rthe vehicle is locked again. environmentally responsi- Rprotection against theft is reactivated ble recycling system. Dispose of batteries in an X To unlock and open the tailgate: press and hold button ; on the key. environmentally responsible manner. Take dis- X To lock centrally: press button =. charged batteries to a The key centrally locks/unlocks: qualified specialist workshop or to a collection Rthe doors point for used batteries. Rthe tailgate Rthe fuel filler flap smart recommends that you have the bat- When unlocking, the turn signals flash teries changed at a qualified specialist once. When locking, they flash twice. workshop. Only for England: Replacing the battery X To activate the double-lock function: press button = twice. You require a CR 2016 3V cell battery. It is then not possible to open the doors from inside the vehicle. Upon activation of the double-lock function, the turn signals flash twice long and three times short.

Z 66 Key

X Remove screw : turning anti-clockwise using a suitably sized Phillips screwdriver and put in a safe place.

X Insert a suitable tool, e.g. a coin, into the opening of the key. Turn the tool until battery tray cover ; opens. When doing so, do not hold cover ; shut.

>> Opening and closing. X Remove battery tray cover ;.

X Remove battery =. X Insert the new battery with the positive terminal facing upwards. Use a lint-free cloth to do so.

X Make sure that the surface of the battery is free from lint, grease and all other forms of contamination. X Insert battery tray cover ; into the housing and press to close. X Replace screw : and tighten clockwise using a suitably sized Phillips screw driver.

X Check the function of all key buttons on the vehicle. Key 67

Problems with the key

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions You cannot lock or The key battery is discharged or nearly discharged. unlock the vehicle X Try again to lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote control using the key. function of the key. Do this by pressing the % or & button in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle. If this does not work:

X Change the key battery if necessary (Y page 65). X Unlock the vehicle with the key in the emergency lock (Y page 70) or lock the vehicle with the emergency locking (Y page 70). There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.

X Try again to lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the key. Do this by pressing the % or & button in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle. >> Opening and closing. The key is faulty.

X Unlock the vehicle with the key in the emergency lock (Y page 70) or lock the vehicle with the emergency locking (Y page 70). X Have the key checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

You have lost a key. X Have the key deactivated at a qualified specialist workshop. X Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers. X If necessary, have the locks changed as well. The engine cannot be The on-board voltage is too low. started using the key. X Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g. seat heating or interior lighting, and try to start the engine again. If this does not work:

X Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary (Y page 225). or

X Jump-start the vehicle (Y page 228). or

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. The steering lock is mechanically blocked.

X Remove the key and reinsert it into the ignition lock. When you turn the key, turn the steering wheel in both directions.

Z 68 Doors

Doors If you press the locking button on the key twice when locking the vehicle: Important safety notes Rthe turn signals flash twice long and G WARNING three times short If children are left unattended in the vehi- Rthe double-lock function is activated cle, they could: It is then not possible to open the doors Ropen doors, thus endangering other peo- from inside the vehicle. ple or road users Rexit the vehicle and be caught by oncoming traffic Unlocking and opening the doors from the inside Roperate vehicle equipment and become trapped Children could also set the vehicle in motion by, for example: Rreleasing the parking brake Rshifting the manual transmission into neutral

>> Opening and closing. Rstarting the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury. When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle. Never Pull door handle . leave children and animals unattended in X : The door opens. the vehicle. Keep the key out of the reach of children. You can open a door from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked. Preferably stow luggage or loads in the X Pull door handle :. luggage compartment. Observe the loading The door unlocks and opens. guidelines (Y page 198). If the vehicle has previously been locked Only for England: with the key, opening a door from the G WARNING inside will trigger the anti-theft alarm When the double locks are activated, the system. Switch off the alarm (Y page 59). doors can no longer be opened from the For England only: inside. People in the vehicle can no longer If when locking the vehicle you press twice get out, e.g. in hazardous situations. There on the locking button on the key: is a risk of injury. Rthe turn signals flash long twice and Therefore, do not leave any people unsu- short three times pervised in the vehicle, particularly children, elderly people or people in need of Rthe double-lock function is activated special assistance. Do not activate the It is then not possible to open the doors double lock when people are in the vehicle. from inside the vehicle. Doors 69

Centrally locking or unlocking the If a locked door is opened from the inside, vehicle from the inside the previous unlocking is taken into account, if: You can centrally lock or unlock the vehicle from the inside. This can be useful if you Rit was locked using the locking button for wish to lock the vehicle before pulling the central locking, or away, for example. Rit was locked automatically The vehicle will be fully unlocked if it had previously been fully unlocked. If only the driver's door had been previously unlocked, then only the door which has been opened form the inside is unlocked. You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally from the inside if the vehicle has been locked with the key. Only for England: If you press the locking button on the key twice when locking the vehicle: X To lock: when the vehicle is unlocked, Rthe turn signals flash twice long and press button :. >> Opening and closing. If all the doors and the tailgate are three times short closed, the vehicle locks. Indicator Rthe double-lock function is activated lamp ; lights up. It is then not possible to open the doors from inside the vehicle. X To lock the vehicle from inside when getting out: open the driver's door. The front-passenger door and the tailgate must be closed. Automatic locking feature

X Press the locking button (Y page 69). X Close the driver's door within 5 seconds. Do not leave the key in the vehicle. You could otherwise lock yourself out. The doors, tailgate and fuel filler flap are locked. The anti-theft alarm system is primed.

X Make sure that the doors and the tailgate are locked.

X To unlock: when the vehicle is locked, press button :. X To deactivate: with the ignition The vehicle is unlocked. Indicator switched on, press and hold button : for lamp ; goes out. about five seconds until a tone sounds. You can open a door from inside the vehicle X To activate with the ignition switched even if it has been locked. on, press and hold button : for about If the vehicle has previously been locked five seconds until a tone sounds. with the key, opening a door from the The vehicle is locked automatically when inside will trigger the anti-theft alarm the ignition is switched on and the wheels system. Switch off the alarm (Y page 59). are turning.

Z 70 Doors

You could therefore be locked out if: Locking the driver's door (emergency Rthe vehicle is being pushed. locking) Rthe vehicle is being towed. If you can no longer lock the vehicle using Rthe vehicle is being tested on a dyna- the remote control key, use the locking but- mometer. ton on the instrument cluster (Y page 69). You can also switch the automatic locking X Open the driver's door. function on or off in the smart Media-Sys- X Close the front-passenger door and the tem; see the separate operating instruc- tailgate. tions. X Press the locking button (Y page 69). X Close the driver's door within 5 seconds. Unlocking the driver's door (emer- Do not leave the key in the vehicle. You gency lock) could otherwise lock yourself out. The doors, tailgate and fuel filler flap If you can no longer unlock the vehicle are locked. The anti-theft alarm system using the remote control key, use the emer- is primed. gency lock. X Make sure that the doors and the tailgate If you use the key in the emergency lock to are locked. unlock and open the driver's door, the anti- >> Opening and closing. If this does not work, use the emergency theft alarm system will be triggered. locking. Switch off the alarm ( page 59). Y Open the driver's door. Carefully remove the cover from the X X Close the front-passenger door and the emergency lock. X tailgate. Insert the key into the emergency lock of X Press the locking button ( page 69). the driver's door as far as it will go. X Y Check whether the front-passenger door i For right-hand-drive vehicles, the key X is locked. If necessary, carry out the fol- must be inserted into the emergency lock lowing steps on both doors. of the passenger's door.

Insert the tip of the key into slit . X Turn the key anti-clockwise as far as it X : will go to position 1. X Turn the key anti-clockwise as far as it The door is unlocked. will go to position 2.

X Turn the key back and remove it. On the passenger door, the direction of rotation is reversed. X Replace the cover on the emergency lock and press until it engages. Luggage compartment 71 i For right-hand-drive vehicles, the key ficient clearance above, behind and in the driver's door must be turned below the tailgates. clockwise. i The opening dimensions of the tailgate X Close the driver's door. can be found in the "Vehicle data" sec- X Check that the doors are locked. tion (Y page 265). i If you lock the vehicle using the emer- Preferably stow luggage or loads in the gency locking, the tailgate and fuel luggage compartment. Observe the loading filler flap are not locked. The anti-theft guidelines (Y page 198). alarm system is not primed. Do not leave the key in the luggage compartment. You could otherwise lock yourself out. Luggage compartment Important safety notes Opening or closing G WARNING Opening the upper tailgate Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. If the tailgate is open when the engine is >> Opening and closing. running, particularly if the vehicle is moving, exhaust fumes could enter the passenger compartment. There is a risk of poisoning. Turn off the engine before opening the tailgate. Never drive with the tailgate open.

WARNING G X If the vehicle is locked, first press the If objects, luggage or loads are not secured % button on the key. or not secured sufficiently, they could Press button :. slip, tip over or be flung around and The upper tailgate is now unlocked. thereby hit vehicle occupants. There is a or risk of injury, especially when braking or abruptly changing directions. X Press and hold the º button on the key. Always store objects so that they cannot be The upper tailgate opens slightly. flung around. Secure objects, luggage or X Swing the upper tailgate up. loads against slipping or tipping before the journey.

! Do not exceed the lower tailgate maximum load of 100 kg. It may otherwise become damaged. ! The tailgates swing to the rear, both upwards and downwards, when opened. Therefore, make sure that there is suf-

Z 72 Side windows

Opening the lower tailgate press the switch to open the side window again.

G WARNING Children could become trapped if they operate the side windows, particularly when unattended. There is a risk of injury. When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle. Never leave children unattended in the vehicle.

X Pull release catch : upwards. Side window reversing feature Swing the lower tailgate down. In vehicles with the comfort package, the side windows are equipped with an auto- Closing the tailgate matic reversing feature. If a solid object blocks or restricts a side window from travelling upwards during the automatic

>> Opening and closing. closing process, the side window opens again automatically. During the manual closing process, the side window only opens again automatically after the corresponding switch is released. The automatic reversing feature is only an aid and is no substitute for your attention when closing a side window. WARNING X Swing the lower tailgate upwards until it G engages audibly. The reversing function does not react: R X Pull the upper tailgate down and push to soft, light and thin objects, e.g. small closed. fingers R X If necessary, lock the vehicle with the while resetting & button on the key. This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these situations. There is a risk of injury. Side windows When closing, make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area. If someone Important safety notes becomes trapped, press the switch to open the side window again. G WARNING While closing the side windows, body parts WARNING in the closing area could become trapped. G There is a risk of injury. If you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset, the When closing make sure that no parts of the side window closes with increased or max- body are in the closing area. If somebody imum force. The reversing function is then becomes trapped, release the switch or not active. Parts of the body could be trap- Side windows 73

ped in the closing area in the process. This To close fully: pull the button beyond the poses an increased risk of injury or even point of resistance and release it. fatal injury. Automatic closing is started. Make sure that no parts of the body are in X To interrupt automatic opening/closing: the closing area. To stop the closing proc- press/pull the corresponding switch ess, release the switch or push the switch again. again to reopen the side window. i If you press the switch beyond the point of resistance while opening, automatic operation is started. In vehicles with Opening or closing the side windows the comfort package, you can also start automatic operation when closing. To do The switches for both side windows are so, pull the switch beyond the point of located on the driver's door. There is also a resistance. switch for the front-passenger side window on the front-passenger door. You can stop automatic operation by pressing again. The switch on the driver’s door takes prec- edence. i You can continue to operate the side windows after turning the key to position 0 in the ignition lock or removing the

key. This function remains active for 3 >> Opening and closing. minutes or until you open a door.

Resetting the side windows You must reset each side window if: Rthe side window opens again slightly after being closed fully. : Left Rthe side window can no longer be fully ; Right opened or closed. X Close all doors. X Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock. X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock. X To open manually: press and hold the corresponding button. X Pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side window To open fully: press the button beyond the X is completely closed ( page 73). point of resistance and release it. Y Automatic closing is started. X Hold the switch for an additional second.

X To close manually: pull the correspond- If the side window opens again slightly: ing button and hold it. X Immediately pull the corresponding X Vehicles with the comfort package: switch on the door control panel until the side window is completely closed (Y page 73). X Hold the switch for an additional second. X If the corresponding side window remains closed after the button has been released, the side window has been reset

Z 74 Side windows

correctly. If this is not the case, repeat the steps above again. >> Opening and closing. Operating the roller sunblind for the panoramic roof 75

Problems with the side windows

G WARNING If you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset, the side window closes with increased or maximum force. The reversing function is then not active. Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process. This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury. Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area. To stop the closing process, release the switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

A side window cannot X Remove the objects. be closed because it X Close the side window. is blocked by objects, e.g. leaves in the window guide. A side window cannot If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens be closed and you can- again slightly: not see the cause. >> Opening and closing. X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed. The side window is closed with increased force. If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopens again slightly:

X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed. The side window is closed without the anti-entrapment feature.

Operating the roller sunblind for the The roller sunblind shields the vehicle panoramic roof interior from sunlight. X To open: press the roller sunblind up by the outer edge of recess : and slide it backwards.

X To close: pull the roller sunblind forward by the outer edge of recess : until it is fully closed.

Z 76 77

Useful information ...... 78 Correct driver's seat position ...... 78 Seats ...... 79 Steering wheel ...... 83 Mirrors ...... 84 >> Seats, steering wheel and mirrors. 78 Correct driver's seat position

Useful information X Make sure that seat = is adjusted properly.

i This Owner's Manual describes all mod- Adjusting the seat (Y page 80) els, series and optional equipment for When adjusting the seat, make sure that: your vehicle that were available at the Ryou are as far away from the driver's time of going to press. Country-specific airbag as possible. differences are possible. Note that your vehicle may not be fitted with all fea- Ryou are sitting in a normal upright tures described. This is also the case for position. systems and functions relevant to safety. Ryou can fasten the seat belt properly. i Read the information on qualified spe- Ryou have moved the backrest to an almost vertical position. cialist workshops: (Y page 21). Ryou can depress the pedals properly. Observe the safety guidelines on steering Correct driver's seat position wheel adjustment (Y page 83). X Make sure that steering wheel : is G WARNING adjusted properly. You could lose control of the vehicle while Adjusts the steering wheel (Y page 83) driving if you: When adjusting the steering wheel, make Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheel sure that: or mirror Ryou can hold the steering wheel with Rfasten the seat belt. your arms slightly bent. There is a risk of an accident. Ryou can move your legs freely. Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel or Ryou can see all the displays in the mirror and fasten the seat belt before instrument cluster clearly. starting the engine. Observe the safety guidelines for seat >> Seats, steering wheel and mirrors. belts (Y page 40). X Check whether you have fastened seat belt ; properly (Y page 42). The seat belt should: Rfit snugly across your body Rbe routed across the middle of your shoulder Rbe routed in your pelvic area across the hip joints

X Before starting off, adjust the rear-view mirror and the exterior mirrors (Y page 84) in such a way that you have a good view of road and traffic conditions.

Example Observe the safety guidelines on seat adjustment (Y page 79). Seats 79

Seats you could slide underneath the seat belt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries, for Important safety notes example. This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury. G WARNING If children adjust the seats, they could Adjust the seat properly before beginning become trapped, especially if they are your journey. Always ensure that the back- unattended. There is a risk of injury. rest is in an almost vertical position and that the shoulder section of your seatbelt is When leaving the vehicle, always take the routed across the centre of your shoulder. key with you and lock the vehicle. Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. Observe the safety notes on "Airbags" ( page 43) and "Children in the vehicle" WARNING Y G (Y page 46). If the driver's seat is not correctly engaged, it could unexpectedly move while ! To avoid damage to the seats and the driving. This could cause you to lose con- seat heating, observe the following trol of the vehicle. There is a risk of an information: accident. Rdo not spill any liquids on the seats. If Always ensure that the driver's seat is liquid is spilled on the seats, dry them engaged before starting the vehicle. as soon as possible. Rif the seat covers are damp or wet, do G WARNING not switch on the seat heating. The seat You could lose control of the vehicle while heating should also not be used to dry driving if you: the seats. R Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheel clean the seat covers as recommended; or mirror see the "Interior care" section. R Rfasten the seat belt. do not transport heavy loads on the seats. Do not place sharp objects on the

There is a risk of an accident. >> Seats, steering wheel and mirrors. seat cushions, e.g. knives, nails or Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel or tools. The seats should only be occu- mirror and fasten the seat belt before pied by passengers, if possible. starting the engine. Rwhen the seat heating is in operation, do not cover the seats with insulating WARNING G materials, e.g. blankets, coats, bags, When adjusting a seat, you or another vehi- seat covers, child seats or booster cle occupant could become trapped by the seats. guide rail of the seat, for instance. There is a risk of injury. ! Make sure that there are no objects in Make sure that no one has any part of their the footwell under or behind the seats body within the sweep of the seat when when moving the seats back. There is a adjusting it. risk that the seats and/or the objects could be damaged. G WARNING The seat belt does not offer the intended level of protection if you have not moved the backrest to an almost vertical position. When braking or in the event of an accident,

Z 80 Seats

Adjusting the seat Variant 2 X Relieve the pressure on the backrest. X Pull release lever :. The backrest is released.

X Move the backrest forwards or backwards. X Let go of release lever : again.

Seat height4

X Only variant 2: pull handle ; up or push it down repeatedly until the seat has reached the desired height. Illustration of variant 1

Folding down the front-passenger seat You can increase the size of the luggage compartment by folding the front- passenger seat backrest forwards. Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 198) and the notes in the "Child restraint system on the front-passenger seat" section (Y page 51).

Illustration of variant 2 Folding down Seat fore-and-aft adjustment Remove the seat belt from the belt loop by

>> Seats, steering wheel and mirrors. X opening the press stud.

X Lift handle = and slide the seat forwards or rearwards. X Release lever = again. Make sure that you hear the seat engage in position.

Backrest angle Illustration of variant 1 Variant 1

X Relieve the pressure on the backrest. X Turn handwheel : forwards or backwards.

4 Only driver's seat, depending on equipment. Seats 81

Variant 1:

X Turn handwheel : back until the desired seat backrest position is achieved Variant 2:

X Pull release lever :. The backrest is released.

X Fold the backrest backwards. X Ensure that the seat backrest is engaged again. Illustration of variant 2 Variant 1: Switching the seat heating on/off X Slide the right-hand front seat to its rearmost position. Switching on/off X Turn handwheel : forward until the WARNING desired seat backrest position is ach- G ieved If you repeatedly switch on seat heating, the seat cushion and backrest padding may Variant 2: become very hot. The health of vehicle X Slide the right-hand front seat to its occupants with limited temperature sensi- rearmost position. tivity or a limited ability to react to excessively high temperatures may be X Hold onto the backrest at the head restraint with one hand. affected or they may even suffer burn-like injuries. There is a risk of injury. X Pull release lever :. The backrest is released. Therefore, do not switch on the seat heating repeatedly. X Fold the backrest forwards. >> Seats, steering wheel and mirrors. Folding back

G WARNING If the seat backrest is not engaged, it may fold forwards, e.g. during braking or in the event of an accident. RAs a result, a backrest which is not engaged would press you into the seat belt. The seat belt cannot perform its intended protective function and could additionally cause injury. X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock ( page 115). RThe backrest cannot restrain objects or Y loads in the boot. X To switch on: press button ;. This poses an increased risk of injury. Indicator lamp : in the button lights up. Before every journey, make sure that the backrest is engaged as described. X To switch off: press button ;. Indicator lamp : in the button goes out.

Z 82 Seats

i If the battery voltage is too low, the seat heating may switch off. The seat heating switches off automatically after about 10 minutes. >> Seats, steering wheel and mirrors. Steering wheel 83

Problems with the seat heating

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The seat heating has The on-board voltage is too low because too many electrical switched off prema- consumers are switched on. turely or cannot be X Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need, such as switched on. the rear window heating or interior lighting. Once the battery is sufficiently charged, the seat heating will switch back on automatically.

Steering wheel Important safety notes

G WARNING You could lose control of the vehicle while driving if you: Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheel or mirror Rfasten the seat belt. There is a risk of an accident. : Release lever Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel or ; To adjust the steering wheel height mirror and fasten the seat belt before starting the engine. X Push release lever : down completely. The steering column is unlocked. G WARNING X Set desired steering wheel height ;. >> Seats, steering wheel and mirrors. Children could become trapped by the X Push release lever : up completely. steering wheel if they adjust it. There is a The steering column is locked. risk of injury. X Check if the steering column is locked. When leaving the vehicle, always take the To do so, try and push the steering wheel key with you and lock the vehicle. Never up or down. leave children unattended in the vehicle.

Adjusting the steering wheel

G WARNING The steering wheel may move unexpectedly if you adjust it while driving. This could cause you to lose control of the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident. Make sure that the steering wheel is locked before driving off. Never unlock the steering wheel when the vehicle is in motion.

Z 84 Mirrors

Mirrors Adjusting the exterior mirrors manually Rear-view mirror

X To adjust the mirror: move lever : to the right or left, up or down. X Anti-dazzle mode: pivot anti-dazzle switch forwards or back. : Adjusting the exterior mirrors electrically Exterior mirrors Important safety notes

G WARNING You could lose control of the vehicle while driving if you: Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheel or mirror Rfasten the seat belt. >> Seats, steering wheel and mirrors. There is a risk of an accident. X Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel or ignition ( page 115). mirror and fasten the seat belt before Y turn con- starting the engine. X To select an exterior mirror: trol = to position 1 for the left exte- WARNING rior mirror or to position 2 for the G right exterior mirror. The exterior mirrors reduce the size of the image. Objects visible in the mirrors are X To adjust the mirror: move control = to closer than they appear. You could misjudge the right or left, up or down. the distance from road users driving The exterior mirrors can be heated by behind you when changing lanes, for switching on the rear window heating instance. There is a risk of an accident. (Y page 109). You should therefore always look over your shoulder to determine the actual distance Exterior mirror pushed out of position from road users driving behind you. If an exterior mirror has been pushed forwards or backwards out of position, push the exterior mirror into the correct position manually. 85

Useful information ...... 86 Exterior lighting ...... 86 Interior lighting ...... 90 Replacing bulbs ...... 91 Windscreen wipers ...... 95 >> Lights and windscreen wipers. 86 Exterior lighting

Useful information Converting to symmetrical dipped beam

i This Owner's Manual describes all models, series and optional equipment for your vehicle that were available at the time of going to press. Country-specific differences are possible. Note that your vehicle may not be fitted with all features described. This is also the case for systems and functions relevant to safety. i Read the information on qualified specialist workshops: (Y page 21). X Open the service cover (Y page 208). X Turn the screw with an appropriate tool Exterior lighting one quarter of a turn toward °. General notes Have the correct setting of the dipped beam headlamps checked at a qualified special- For reasons of safety, smart recommends ist workshop. that you drive with the lights switched on even during the daytime. In some coun- Converting to asymmetrical dipped beam tries, operation of the headlamps varies after returning due to legal requirements and self- imposed obligations. Convert the headlamps back to asymmetrical dipped beam as soon as possible after crossing the border.

Driving abroad X Open the service cover (Y page 208). General notes X Turn the screw with an appropriate tool one quarter of a turn toward q to the >> Lights and windscreen wipers. If your journey takes you to countries where original position. vehicles are driven on the opposite side of Have the correct setting of the dipped- the road to the country in which the vehicle beam headlamps checked at a qualified is registered, your headlamps must be specialist workshop. switched to symmetrical dipped beam as soon as possible after crossing the border. This prevents oncoming traffic from being dazzled. Symmetrical lights do not illumi- nate as large an area of the edge of the car- riageway. Exterior lighting 87

Exterior lighting settings When in the Ã position the exterior lighting switches off automatically if you: Operation Rswitch off the engine Ropen the driver's door Rlock the vehicle Rdo not switch on the main-beam headlamps

Automatic headlamp mode Ã is the preferred light switch setting. The light setting is automatically selected according to the brightness of the ambient light (exception: poor visibility due to : Combination switch control weather conditions such as fog, snow or ; Marking spray): Lights off 3$ RWith the engine running: depending on 4 T Side lamp, parking lamp, licence the ambient light conditions, the day- plate lighting time driving lights or the parking and 5 K Main-beam headlamps dipped-beam headlamps are switched on 6 Ã Automatic headlamp mode, con- or off automatically trolled by the light sensor X To switch on automatic headlamp mode: 7 L Dipped-beam headlamps turn combination switch control : until Ã is at marking ;.

G WARNING When the light switch is set to Ã, the dipped-beam headlamps may not be switched on automatically if there is fog, >> Lights and windscreen wipers. snow or other causes of poor visibility due to the weather conditions such as spray. There is a risk of an accident. In such situations, turn the light switch to L. D Marking E Combination switch middle ring The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid. The driver is responsible for the Ì N Foglamps vehicle's lighting at all times. Í R Rear foglamp The daytime driving lights improve the If you hear a warning tone when you leave detectability of your vehicle during the the vehicle, the lights may still be day. switched on. When the dipped-beam headlamps are X Turn combination switch control : switched on, the L indicator lamp in the until Ã or $ is at marking ;. instrument cluster lights up and the daytime driving lights switch off.

Z 88 Exterior lighting

Dipped-beam headlamps Rear foglamp

X To switch on: turn combination switch X To switch on: make sure that the side control : until L is at marking ;. lamps or dipped-beam headlamps are The L indicator lamp in the instru- switched on. ment cluster lights up. X Turn combination switch middle ring E until marking D is at R. Side lamps The R indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up. To switch on: turn combination switch X After releasing, the middle ring returns control : until T is at marking ;. automatically back to the neutral position. Foglamps X To switch off: turn combination switch Only vehicles with front foglamps have the middle ring E until marking D is at "Foglamps" function. R. The indicator lamp in the instru- X To switch on: make sure that the side R lamps or dipped-beam headlamps are ment cluster goes out. switched on. After releasing, the middle ring returns automatically back to the neutral posi- X Turn combination switch middle ring E until marking D is at N. tion. The N indicator lamp in the instru- i If you switch off the engine (only in the ment cluster lights up. Ã position) or turn off the lights, the After releasing, the middle ring returns rear foglamps are also switched off. automatically back to the neutral position. Adjusting the headlamp range To switch off: turn combination switch X The headlamp range control allows you to middle ring E until marking D is at adjust the cone of light from the headlamps N. >> Lights and windscreen wipers. to suit the vehicle load. The cone of light The N indicator lamp in the instru- changes when seats are occupied or when ment cluster goes out. the luggage compartment is loaded or After releasing, the middle ring returns unloaded. This can impair visibility and automatically back to the neutral posi- dazzle oncoming traffic. tion. i If you switch off the engine (only in the Ã position) or turn off the lights, the foglamps are also switched off. Exterior lighting 89

direction of arrow : (right turn signal) or ; (left turn signal).

Switching on the main-beam headlamps and headlamp flasher Main-beam headlamps

g Driver's seat occupied or driver's seat and front- passenger seat occupied 1 Other loading 2, 3 and Settings are not required 4

X Turn the ignition key to position 2 in the ignition lock or start the engine. To switch on: start the engine. X Turn headlamp range control : to the X position which corresponds to the load X Turn the combination switch control in your vehicle. until K or Ã (if available) is at the marking.

X Press the combination switch beyond the Switching on the turn signals pressure point in the direction of arrow :. The K indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up. >> Lights and windscreen wipers. X To deactivate: move combination switch : back to its normal position. The K indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out.

Headlamp flasher

X To switch on: pull the combination switch in the direction of arrow . X Start the engine. ; X To indicate briefly: press the combination switch briefly to the pressure point in the direction of arrow : (right turn signal) or ; (left turn signal). The corresponding turn signal flashes three times.

X To indicate: press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the

Z 90 Interior lighting

Hazard warning lamps Interior lighting Overview

The hazard warning lamps automatically switch on if: : Interior lighting Ran airbag is deployed ; Depending on the position of the Rthe vehicle decelerates rapidly from a switch: speed of above 70 km/h and comes to a Interior lighting switched on standstill Automatic interior lighting control on X To switch on the hazard warning lamps: Interior lighting switched off press button . : The interior lighting is switched on when a All turn signals flash. If you now switch door is open: if the corresponding door is on a turn signal using the combination closed correctly the interior lighting goes switch, only the turn signal lamp on the out. corresponding side of the vehicle will flash. X To switch off the hazard warning lamps: Interior lighting control press button :. If the doors are unlocked with the remote >> Lights and windscreen wipers. The hazard warning lamps switch off auto- control, the interval timer for the interior matically if the vehicle reaches a speed of lighting is triggered. The interval timer above 10 km/h again after a full brake restarts when a door is opened. application. The front interior lighting and the luggage i The hazard warning lamps still operate compartment light go out gradually. if the ignition is switched off. The interior lighting interval timer is switched off: Headlamps misted up on the inside Rif a door remains open, the interior lighting switches off after 15 minutes Certain climatic and physical conditions without dimming may cause moisture to form in the head- Rif all doors (with additional locking lamp. This moisture does not affect the mechanism) are closed, the interior functionality of the headlamp. lighting switches off after 15 seconds Replacing bulbs 91

Rif all doors (without locking mechanism) replace these bulbs yourself. Contact a are closed, the interior lighting qualified specialist workshop which has switches off after 3 to 4 minutes the necessary specialist knowledge and Ras soon as the engine is started and for as tools to carry out the work required. long as the engine is running Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety. You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all Replacing bulbs times. Have the headlamp setting checked regularly. Important safety notes

G WARNING Bulbs, lamps and plug connectors can Overview of bulb replacement – bulbs become very hot during use. When replacing You can replace the following bulbs. The a bulb, you could burn yourself on these details for the bulb type can be found in the components. There is a risk of injury. legend. Allow these components to cool down before replacing the bulb.

Do not use a bulb that has been dropped or if its glass tube has been scratched. The bulb may explode if: Ryou touch it Rit is hot Ryou drop it Ryou scratch it Only operate bulbs in enclosed lamps : Dipped-beam/main-beam headlamp: designed for that purpose. Only fit spare H4 60/55 W bulbs of the same type and the specified ; Turn signal lamp: PY 21 W >> Lights and windscreen wipers. voltage. = Foglamps: H16 Marks on the glass tube reduce the service life of the bulbs. Do not touch the glass tube with your bare hands. If necessary, clean the glass tube when cold with alcohol or spirit and rub it off with a lint-free cloth. Protect bulbs from moisture during operation. Do not allow bulbs to come into contact with liquids.

Replace only the bulbs listed (Y page 91). If you require assistance replacing bulbs, consult a qualified specialist workshop. Tail lamps If the new bulb still does not light up, con- : Tail lamp/brake lamp: P 21 5 W sult a qualified specialist workshop. ; Rear foglamp: P 21 W The daytime driving lights and part of the rear light clusters of your vehicle are = Reversing lamp: W 16 W equipped with LED light bulbs. Do not ? Turn signal lamp: PY 21 W

Z 92 Replacing bulbs

Tail lamps (vehicles with partial LEDs) : Interior lighting: W 5 W : Turn signal lamp: PY 21 W ; Reversing lamp: W 16 W Replacing the front bulbs Turn signals

: Licence plate lighting: W 5 W

X To remove the cover in the front wheel

>> Lights and windscreen wipers. arch: switch off the lighting system. X Turn the front wheels inwards. X Press spring clip : down. X Slide cover ; back and remove it.

: Side turn signal lamps: WY 5 W Replacing bulbs 93

X Turn bulb holder : anti-clockwise and Front foglamps remove. X Take the bulb out of bulb holder :. X Insert the new bulb into bulb holder :. X Insert bulb holder : and turn it clockwise until it engages.

X To fit the cover in the front wheel arch: insert cover ; again and lock in place.

Dipped-beam/main-beam headlamps

Due to their location, have the bulbs in the front foglamps changed at a qualified specialist workshop.

X Switch off the lights. X Remove the two screws : at the bottom of the front wheel arch using a suitable tool.

X Bend back the cover using your hand. X Turn the bulb holder anti-clockwise and remove it. X Switch off the lights. X Take the bulb out of the bulb holder. X Open the service cover (Y page 208). Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder. X Remove cover :. X Insert the bulb holder and turn it clock- X Pull out the connector. X wise until it engages. X Simultaneously press retainer ; forward and to the right and then remove X Bend the cover back into position. >> Lights and windscreen wipers. the lamp. X Tighten the two screws : again.

X Insert the new bulb and engage it in place. Side turn signal lamps X Insert the connector. X Position cover : and press into place.

Z 94 Replacing bulbs

X Insert a flat tool into recess : and lever side turn signal lamp ; forwards and out.

X Remove the bulb holder from side turn signal lamp ; by turning it a quarter turn anti-clockwise.

X Pull the bulb out of the bulb holder. X Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder. X Insert the bulb holder into side turn signal lamp ; and turn it a quarter turn clockwise. Bulb holder Tail lamp/brake lamp (vehicles without X Insert side turn signal lamp ;. : partial LEDs) ; Turn signals Replacing the rear bulbs = Reversing lamp ? Rear foglamp (vehicles without partial Tail lamps LEDs)

X Switch off the lights. X Unclip four bulb holder tabs A and X To remove: open the upper and lower tail- carefully remove the bulb holder. gate (Y page 71). X Pull out the corresponding bulb. X Insert the new bulb. X Insert the bulb holder again. Four bulb holder tabs A must audibly engage.

X Insert the connector. X Insert the lamp again.

>> Lights and windscreen wipers. X Tighten the two screws : on the tail lamp again.

Licence plate lighting X Remove two screws : on the tail lamp using a suitable slotted screwdriver.

X Carefully take out the lamp. X To release the connector: insert a suitable slotted screwdriver under the plastic hanger, lift a small plastic piece upwards and remove the connector.

X To remove: release catch : of the lamp lens using a suitable tool.

X Remove the lamp lens. Windscreen wipers 95

scratch the glass if wiping takes place when the windscreen is dry. If it is necessary to switch on the windscreen wipers in dry weather conditions, always operate them using washer fluid. ! If the windscreen wipers leave smears on the windscreen after the vehicle has been washed in an automatic car wash, this may be due to wax or other residue. Clean the windscreen with washer fluid after an automatic car wash. X Take bulb : out of the bulb holder. X Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder. ! Vehicles with a rain sensor: if the X Re-insert the lamp lens into the licence windscreen becomes dirty in dry weather plate lamp. conditions, the windscreen wipers may be activated inadvertently. This could damage the windscreen wiper blades or Replacing the interior lighting scratch the windscreen. For this reason, you should always switch off the windscreen wipers in dry weather. >> Lights and windscreen wipers.

X Remove lamp lens : with a flat tool, e.g. a screwdriver. Combination switch Take the bulb to be replaced out of the X : Control for wiping frequency and sen- bulb holder. sitivity of the rain sensor X Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder. 2 0 Windscreen wipers off X Insert lamp lens :. 3 © Intermittent wipe Ã Automatic wipe (rain sensor) 4 1 Continuous wipe, slow Windscreen wipers 5 2 Continuous wipe, fast Switching the windscreen wipers B î Wipes with washer fluid on/off X To switch on: turn the key to position 1 or ! Do not operate the windscreen wipers 2 in the ignition lock (Y page 115). when the windscreen is dry, as this could X Press the combination switch to the © damage the wiper blades. Moreover, dust position or 1. that has collected on the windscreen can or

Z 96 Windscreen wipers

X Start the engine (Y page 115). Switching the rear window wiper on/off X Press the combination switch down or up to the corresponding position.

X To wipe with washer fluid î: pull the combination switch towards the steering wheel.

X To switch off: press the combination switch to position 0. Position 2 changes to position 1 when the engine is stopped. In position 1 or in the © position, the windscreen wipers stop automatically when Combination switch the engine is stopped and the driver's door : Control is opened. 2 $ Rear window wiper off Vehicles with a rain sensor: in position 3 è Rear window wiper on Ã the windscreen wipers stop automat- 4 ô Wiping with washer fluid ically when the engine is stopped. Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition The windscreen will no longer be wiped X lock or start the engine ( page 115). properly if the wiper blades are worn. This Y could prevent you from observing the traf- X Turn control : on the combination fic conditions. switch to the corresponding position.

Intermittent wipe Replacing the wiper blades Vehicles with a rain sensor: the appropri- Important safety notes ate wiping frequency is automatically set according to the intensity of the rain. With G WARNING >> Lights and windscreen wipers. intermittent wiping you can also adjust the If the windscreen wipers begin to move sensitivity of the rain sensor using con- while you are changing the wiper blades, trol :. When the sensitivity is set to high, you can be trapped by the wiper arm. There the windscreen wiper wipes more fre- is a risk of injury. quently. Always switch off the windscreen wipers and ignition before changing the wiper X To switch on: start the engine blades. (Y page 115). X Press the combination switch to the Ã ! To avoid damaging the windscreen position. wiper blades, make sure that you touch The windscreen wipers sweep once. only the wiper arm of the windscreen wiper. ! Never open the service cover/tailgate if a windscreen wiper arm has been fol- ded away from the windscreen/rear window. Windscreen wipers 97

Never fold a windscreen wiper arm with- X Press the two release clips ; on mount- out a wiper blade back onto the winding ? in the direction of arrow = and screen/rear window. pull away from the wiper arm. Hold the windscreen wiper arm firmly X Slide wiper blade : in the direction of when you change the wiper blade. If you arrow A until the wiper blade securing release the windscreen wiper arm with- hook is revealed. out a wiper blade and it falls onto the X Remove wiper blade :. windscreen/rear window, the windscreen/rear window may be damaged by Fitting the wiper blades the force of the impact. smart recommends that you have the wiper blades changed at a qualified specialist workshop.

Replacing the windscreen wiper blades

Removing the wiper blades X Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock (Y page 115). X Press the combination switch to the 5 position (Y page 95). X Slide new wiper blade : in the direc- The wiper arms move slowly upwards. tion of arrow ? onto mounting = of X When the wiper arms are vertical in rela- wiper arm ;. tion to the service cover, turn the key to Wiper blade : engages. position 0 and remove it from the igni- X Make sure that wiper blade : is seated tion lock. correctly. X Fold the wiper arm away from the wind- X Fold wiper arm ; back onto the windscreen. screen. >> Lights and windscreen wipers.

Replacing the rear window wiper blade

Removing the wiper blades

X Remove the key from the ignition lock. X Fold wiper arm : away from the rear window until it engages.

Z 98 Windscreen wipers

X Turn wiper blade ; in the direction of the arrow until it is released from the retainer on the wiper arm. X Remove wiper blade ;.

Fitting a wiper blade

X Push new wiper blade ; onto wiper arm : until you feel it engage. X Turn wiper blade ; parallel to wiper arm :. X Make sure that wiper blade ; is seated correctly. X Fold wiper arm : back onto the rear window. >> Lights and windscreen wipers. Windscreen wipers 99

Problems with the windscreen wipers

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The windscreen wip- The combination switch or rain sensor is malfunctioning. ers do not stop or con- X Stop the vehicle, paying attention to traffic conditions as tinue wiping with the you do so and switch off the engine. same speed regardless For safety reasons, you should remove the key from the igni- of a change in posi- X tion lock and open the driver's door. tion. X Turn the key to position 1 in the ignition lock. Then try to start the engine again.

X Have the windscreen wipers checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

The windscreen wip- Leaves or snow, for example, may be obstructing the windscreen ers are jammed. wiper movement. The wiper motor has been deactivated.

X Stop the vehicle, paying attention to traffic conditions as you do so and switch off the engine.

X For safety reasons, you should remove the key from the ignition lock.

X Remove the cause of the obstruction. X Switch the windscreen wipers on again after 30 seconds. The windscreen wiper The windscreen wiper drive has stopped for safety reasons. has stopped in the X Have the windscreen wipers checked at a qualified special- middle of the wind- ist workshop. screen. The windscreen wip- The windscreen wiper drive is malfunctioning. >> Lights and windscreen wipers. ers fail completely. X Select another wiper speed on the combination switch. X Have the windscreen wipers checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Z 100 101

Useful information ...... 102 Overview of climate control systems .... 102 Operating the climate control system ... 105 Adjusting the air vents ...... 111 >> Climate control. 102 Overview of climate control systems

Useful information i The integrated filter can filter out most particles of dust and as well as pol- i This Owner's Manual describes all mod- len. With automatic climate control, els, series and optional equipment for odours carried in the air are also your vehicle that were available at the reduced. A clogged filter reduces the time of going to press. Country-specific amount of air supplied to the vehicle differences are possible. Note that your interior. For this reason, you should vehicle may not be fitted with all fea- always observe the interval for replac- tures described. This is also the case for ing the filter, which is specified in the systems and functions relevant to safety. Service Booklet. As it depends on environmental conditions, e.g. heavy air i Read the information on qualified spe- pollution, the interval may be shorter cialist workshops: (Y page 21). than stated in the Service Booklet.

Overview of climate control systems General notes Observe the settings recommended on the following pages. The windows could otherwise mist up. To prevent the windows from misting up: Rswitch off climate control only briefly Rswitch on air-recirculation mode only

>> Climate control. briefly Rair-conditioning system/automatic climate control: switch on the cooling with air dehumidification function Rswitch on the "demist windscreen" function briefly, if required The heating, air-conditioning system and the automatic climate control regulate the temperature and humidity in the vehicle interior. They also filter undesirable sub- stances out of the air. The heating, air-conditioning system and automatic climate control can only be operated when the engine is running. They only function optimally when the side windows are closed. i Ventilate the vehicle for a brief period during warm weather. This will speed up the cooling process and the desired interior temperature will be reached more quickly. Overview of climate control systems 103

Heating/air-conditioning system control panel

: Sets the air distribution (Y page 107) ; Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (air-conditioning system only) (Y page 106) = Sets the airflow (Y page 108) ? Switches the rear window heating on/off (Y page 109) Switches the exterior mirror heating on/off (for vehicles with heated exterior mirrors only)

A Sets the temperature (Y page 107) B Switches the air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 111)

Notes on using the heating/air-condi- perature control A clockwise as far as >> Climate control. tioning system possible. Only use the "Windscreen demisting" Heating/air-conditioning system function briefly until the windscreen is Below, you can find a number of tips and clear again. recommendations for optimum use of the RRecommendation for rapid cooling or heating/air-conditioning system. heating of the vehicle interior: briefly RSwitch on climate control by turning set airflow control = to 3 or 4. control = clockwise to the desired RRecommendation for a constant interior position (except position 0). temperature: set air flow control = to RChange the temperature settings in small position 1 or 2. increments only. ROnly use the air-recirculation mode To increase and reduce the temperature briefly, e.g. if there are unpleasant out- turn control A clockwise or anti-clock- side odours or when in a tunnel. The win- wise. dows could otherwise mist up as no fresh RRecommendation for demisting front air is drawn into the vehicle in air- windows at low exterior temperatures or recirculation mode. in rain: switch air distribution control : to the z position. Deactivate Automatic start/stop system air-recirculation mode À. Turn air- During automatic engine switch-off, the flow control = to position 4.Turn tem- climate control only operates at a reduced capacity. If you require the full climate 104 Overview of climate control systems

control output, you can switch off the automatic start/stop system by pressing the automatic start/stop system button (Y page 119). >> Climate control. Operating the climate control system 105

Automatic climate control panel

: Increases the airflow (Y page 108) ; Demists the windscreen (Y page 108) = Switches the air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 111) ? Switches the rear window heating on/off (Y page 109) Switches the exterior mirror heating on/off (for vehicles with heated exterior mirrors only)

A Sets the air distribution (Y page 107) B Sets climate control to automatic mode (Y page 107) C Switches the climate control on/off (Y page 105) D Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 106) E Reduces the airflow (Y page 108) >> Climate control. F Sets the temperature (Y page 107)

Optimum use of automatic climate con- Automatic start/stop system trol During automatic engine switch-off, the Automatic climate control climate control only operates at a reduced capacity. If you require the full climate Below, you can find a number of notes and control output, you can switch off the auto- recommendations to help you use climate matic start/stop system by pressing the control optimally. automatic start/stop system button RActivate climate control primarily (Y page 119). using the Ã button. RSet the temperature to 22 †. Operating the climate control system ROnly use the "Windscreen demisting" function briefly until the windscreen is Switching the climate control on/off clear again. ROnly use the air-recirculation mode General notes briefly, e.g. if there are unpleasant out- When the climate control is switched off, side odours or when in a tunnel. The win- the air supply and air circulation are also dows could otherwise mist up as no fresh switched off. The windows could mist up. air is drawn into the vehicle in air- recirculation mode. 106 Operating the climate control system

Therefore, only switch off climate control dehumidified. The windows can mist up briefly. more quickly. Therefore, only switch off cooling with air dehumidification for a Switching the sound on/off short period. The cooling with air dehumidification Heating/air-conditioning system function is only available when the engine X Start the engine (Y page 115). is running. The air inside the vehicle is X To switch on: turn airflow control = cooled and dehumidified according to the clockwise to the desired position temperature selected. (except position 0) (Y page 103). The "Cooling with air-dehumidification" X To switch off: turn airflow control = function does not operate at low outside anti-clockwise to position 0 temperatures. (Y page 103). Condensation may drip from the underside of the vehicle when cooling mode is active. Automatic climate control This is normal and not a sign that there is a X Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the malfunction. ignition lock or start the engine (Y page 115). Switching the sound on/off X To switch on: press the Ã button. Air-conditioning system The indicator lamp under the Ã button lights up. X Start the engine (Y page 115). or X Set airflow control = clockwise to position 1 or higher ( page 108). X Press the ó button. Y X To switch on: press the ¿ button. >> Climate control. or The indicator lamp in the ¿ button Press the button. X ¬ lights up. X To switch off: press the ^ button. X To switch on: press the ¿ button. The indicator lamp under the ^ button The indicator lamp in the ¿ button lights up. goes out. or

X Press the ô button repeatedly until Automatic climate control all the indicator lamps go out. X Start the engine (Y page 115). X To switch on: press buttons ó and ¿. Switching cooling with air dehumidi- The indicator lamp under the ¿ button fication on/off lights up. General notes X To switch off: press the ¿ button. The indicator lamp under the ¿ button The "Cooling with air-dehumidification" goes out. function is only available with the air- conditioning system or automatic climate control. If you deactivate the "Cooling with air- dehumidification" function, the air inside the vehicle will not be cooled. The air inside the vehicle will also not be Operating the climate control system 107

Setting climate control to automatic Automatic climate control mode X Start the engine (Y page 115). General notes X To increase or reduce: push temperature slider F to the right or left ( page 105). This function is only available with auto- Y matic climate control. For the maximum or minimum temperature, push slider F completely to the In automatic mode, the set temperature is right or left ( page 105). maintained automatically at a constant Y level. The system automatically regulates Only change the temperature setting in the temperature of the dispensed air, the small increments. Start at 22 †. airflow and the air distribution.

Setting automatic mode Setting the air distribution

X Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the Air distribution settings ignition lock or start the engine Heating/air-conditioning system (Y page 115). z Directs the airflow through the X To switch on: press the Ã button. demister vents The indicator lamp under the Ã button lights up. a Directs the airflow through the footwell and demister vents X To switch to manual mode: press the ó or ô button. O Directs the airflow through the footwell air vents or S Directs the airflow through the X Press the Á, P or O button. centre, side and footwell vents >> Climate control. or P Directs the airflow through the X Press the ¬ button. centre and side air vents The indicator lamp under the Ã button goes out. i Recommendation for air distribution in winter: set thea setting. If you adjust one of the functions by i Recommendation for air distribution in hand, the indicator lamp under the Ã summer: set the P setting. button goes out. All other functions continue to be regulated automatically. Automatic climate control Á Directs the airflow through the demister vents Setting the temperature P Directs the airflow through the Heating/air-conditioning system centre and side air vents O Directs the airflow through the foot- Start the engine ( page 115). X Y well air vents X To increase or reduce: turn temperature control A clockwise or anti-clockwise i You can also activate several of the air (Y page 103). distribution settings simultaneously. In order to do this, press several of the air Change the temperature settings in small distribution buttons. The air is then increments only. routed through different air vents. 108 Operating the climate control system

Recommendation for air distribution in Demisting the windscreen winter: set theÁ and O settings. Recommendation for air distribution in General notes summer: set the P setting. You can use this function to demist the windscreen or to demist the inside of the Setting the air distribution windscreen and the side windows.

Heating/air-conditioning system i You should only select the "Windscreen demisting" function until the wind- Start the engine ( page 115). X Y screen is clear again. X Turn air distribution control : clockwise or anti-clockwise until the indi- Switching the sound on/off cator is at the desired position (Y page 103). Heating/air-conditioning system i You can turn the indicator to a position X Start the engine (Y page 115). between two symbols. There are inter- X To switch on: turn air distribution con- mediate levels between the air distri- trol : to the z position (Y page 103) . bution positions. X Turn airflow control = to position 4 ( page 103). Automatic climate control Y X Turn temperature control A clockwise X Start the engine (Y page 115). as far as possible (Y page 103). X Press one or more of the Á, O or X Slide air distribution control B to the P buttons. right ( page 103). The indicator lamp next to the respec- Y X To switch off: turn air distribution con- >> Climate control. tive button selected lights up. trol : to the desired position (apart from the z position) (Y page 103). Setting the airflow X Turn air distribution control = and temperature control A anti-clockwise Heating/air-conditioning system to the desired position (Y page 103). Start the engine ( page 115). X Y Automatic climate control To increase or reduce: turn airflow con- X Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the trol clockwise or anti-clockwise to X = ignition lock or start the engine one of the four detents (Y page 103). (Y page 115). X To switch on: press the ¬ button. Automatic climate control The indicator lamp above the ¬ button X Start the engine (Y page 115). lights up. Automatic mode Ã is deac- X To increase: press the ó button. tivated. With each press of the ó button, one The ¬ "Demist windscreen" function indicator lamp next to the airflow but- switches the automatic climate control tons lights up. to the following functions: X To decrease: press the ô button. Rcooling with air dehumidification on With each press of the ô button, one Rhigh airflow indicator lamp next to the airflow buttons goes out. Operating the climate control system 109

Rair distribution to the windscreen and i You should only select this setting front side windows until the windscreen is clear again. Rair-recirculation mode off Automatic climate control X To switch off: press the ¬ button. X Activate the windscreen wipers. or X Set the air distribution to ¬. Press the Ã button. X i You should only select this setting or until the windscreen is clear again. X Press the À button. or Rear window heating X Press the Á, P or O button. The indicator lamp above the ¬ button General notes goes out. The rear window heating is turned off. The rear window heating has a high current draw. You should therefore switch it off as soon as the window is clear. Demisting the windows The rear window heating can only be switched on and off when the engine is run- Windows misted up on the inside ning. The rear window heating automatically Heating/air-conditioning system switches off after approximately X Air-conditioning system: activate the 10 minutes. ¿ "Cooling with air dehumidifica- Vehicles with heated exterior mirrors: tion" function. when you switch on the rear window heating, >> Climate control. X If the windows continue to mist up, acti- the exterior mirrors are also heated. When vate the "Windscreen demisting" func- the rear window heating is switched off, tion (Y page 108). the exterior mirror heating will also turn i You should only select this setting off. until the windscreen is clear again. Switching the sound on/off Automatic climate control X Activate the ¿ cooling with air dehu- Heating/air-conditioning system midification function. X Start the engine (Y page 115). X Activate automatic mode Ã. X To switch on: press the ¤ button. X If the windows continue to mist up, acti- The indicator lamp in the ¤ button vate the "Windscreen demisting" func- lights up. tion ¬. X To switch off: press the ¤ button. i You should only select this setting The indicator lamp in the ¤ button until the windscreen is clear again. goes out.

Windows misted up on the outside

Heating/air-conditioning system X Activate the windscreen wipers. X Set the air distribution to z. 110 Operating the climate control system

Automatic climate control

X Start the engine (Y page 115). X To switch on: press the ¤ button. The indicator lamp above the¤ button lights up.

X To switch off: press the ¤ button. The indicator lamp above the ¤ button goes out. >> Climate control. Adjusting the air vents 111

Problems with the rear window heating

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The rear window heat- The battery has not been sufficiently charged. ing has switched off X Switch off any consumers that are not required, e.g. reading prematurely or cannot lamps, interior lighting or the seat heating. be activated. When the battery is sufficiently charged, the rear window heating can be activated again.

Switching the air-recirculation mode or on/off X Press the Ã button. The indicator lamp above the À button General notes goes out. You can deactivate the flow of fresh air if you are in a tunnel or if unpleasant odours are entering the vehicle from outside. The Adjusting the air vents air already inside the vehicle will then be recirculated. Important safety notes If you switch on air-recirculation mode, G WARNING the windows can mist up more quickly, in Very hot or very cold air can flow from the particular at low temperatures. Only use air vents. This could result in burns or air-recirculation mode briefly to prevent frostbite in the immediate vicinity of the the windows misting up. air vents. There is a risk of injury. >> Climate control. Make sure that all vehicle occupants always Switching the sound on/off maintain a sufficient distance to the air Heating/air-conditioning system outlets. If necessary, redirect the airflow to another area of the vehicle interior. X Start the engine (Y page 115). X To switch on: slide control B to the left WARNING ( page 103). G Y If you pour cleaning fluid or disinfectant X To switch off: slide control B to the into the vehicle's ventilation system, it right (Y page 103). may ignite. There is a risk of fire. Automatic climate control Never spray these or other agents into the ventilation system. Always have work on the Start the engine ( page 115). X Y ventilation system carried out at a quali- X To switch on: press the À button. fied specialist workshop. The indicator lamp above theÀ button lights up. X To switch off: press the À button. or

X Press the ¬ button.

Z 112 Adjusting the air vents

In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh X To open the centre air vent: hold centre air through the air vents into the vehicle air vent : or ; in the middle and tilt interior, please observe the following outwards until the vent openings can be notes: seen. Rkeep the air inlet between the service cover and the windscreen free of block- ages, such as ice, snow or leaves. Setting the side air vents Rnever cover the vents or ventilation grilles in the vehicle interior. i For optimum climate control in the vehicle, open the air vents fully.

Setting the centre air vents

X To adjust the air direction: hold side air vent ; in the middle and turn and/or tilt in the desired direction up, down, to the left or to the right.

X To close the side air vent: hold side air vent ; in the middle and tilt inwards >> Climate control. until the vent openings can no longer be seen. X To adjust the air direction: hold centre air vent : or ; in the middle and turn X To open the side air vent: hold side air and/or tilt it in the desired direction vent ; in the middle and tilt outwards up, down, to the left or to the right. until the vent openings can be seen.

X To close the centre air vent: hold centre Demister vent : cannot be adjusted. air vent : or ; in the middle and tilt inwards until the vent openings can no longer be seen. 113

Useful information ...... 114 Running-in notes ...... 114 Driving ...... 114 Manual transmission ...... 121 Automatic transmission ...... 122 Refuelling ...... 130 Parking ...... 132 Driving tips ...... 134 Driving systems ...... 139 >> Driving and parking. 114 Driving

Useful information RDo not shift down a gear manually in order to brake. i This Owner's Manual describes all mod- RVehicles with automatic transmission: els, series and optional equipment for if possible, do not depress the acceler- your vehicle that were available at the ator pedal beyond the pressure point time of going to press. Country-specific (kickdown). differences are possible. Note that your RVehicles with automatic transmission: vehicle may not be fitted with all fea- ideally drive in program E for the first tures described. This is also the case for 1500 km. systems and functions relevant to safety. After 1500 km, you may gradually bring the i Read the information on qualified spe- vehicle up to full road and engine speeds. cialist workshops: (Y page 21). You should also observe these notes on running-in if the engine or parts of the drive train on your vehicle have been replaced. >> Driving and parking. Running-in notes Observe the maximum permissible speed. Important safety notes In certain driving and driving safety sys- Driving tems, the sensors adjust automatically while a certain distance is being driven Important safety notes after the vehicle has been delivered or WARNING after repairs. Full system effectiveness is G not reached until the end of this teach-in Objects in the driver's footwell may procedure. restrict the clearance around the pedals or block a depressed pedal. This jeopardises New or replaced brake pads/linings and the operating and road safety of the vehi- discs only reach their optimum braking cle. There is a risk of an accident. effect after several hundred kilometres of driving. Compensate for the reduced brak- Stow all objects securely in the vehicle so ing effect by applying greater force to the that they do not get into the driver's foot- brake pedal. well. Always fit the floormats securely and as prescribed in order to ensure that there is always sufficient room for the pedals. Do The first 1500 km not use loose floormats and do not place several floormats on top of one another. If you treat the engine with sufficient care from the very start, you will be rewarded G WARNING with excellent performance for the Unsuitable footwear can hinder correct remainder of the engine's life. usage of the pedals, e.g.: RDrive at varying vehicle speeds and Rshoes with thick soles engine speeds for the first 1500 km. Rshoes with high heels RAvoid overstraining the vehicle during Rslippers this period, e.g. driving at full throttle. There is a risk of an accident. RChange gear in good time, before the rev Wear suitable footwear to ensure correct counter needle is Ô of the way to the red area of the rev counter. usage of the pedals. Driving 115

G WARNING Key positions If you switch off the ignition while driving, safety-relevant functions are only available with limitations, or not at all. This could affect, for example, the power steering and the brake boosting effect. You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake. There is a risk of an accident. Do not switch off the ignition while driving.

To remove the key G WARNING g If the parking brake has not been fully 1 Power supply for some consumers, such released when driving, the parking brake as the windscreen wipers >> Driving and parking. can: 2 Ignition (power supply for all consumers) and drive position Roverheat and cause a fire 3 To start the engine Rlose its hold function. There is a risk of fire and an accident. The steering wheel is locked when the key Release the parking brake fully before is removed from the ignition lock. driving off.

! Do not warm up the engine when the Starting the engine vehicle is stationary. Drive off immediately. Avoid high engine speeds and Important safety notes driving at full throttle until the engine G WARNING has reached its operating temperature. If children are left unsupervised in the Only shift the automatic transmission to vehicle, they could: the desired drive position when the vehicle is stationary. Ropen doors, thereby endangering other persons or road users Where possible, avoid spinning the drive wheels when pulling away on slip- Rget out and be struck by oncoming traffic pery roads. You could otherwise damage Roperate vehicle equipment and become the drive train. trapped, for example In addition, the children could also set the vehicle in motion, for example, if they: Rrelease the parking brake Rshift the automatic transmission out of park position P or shift manual transmission into neutral Rstart the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury. When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle. Never leave children and animals unattended in

Z 116 Driving

the vehicle. Keep the keys out of the reach i You can start the engine in transmis- of children. sion positions P and N. In order to start the engine in transmis- G WARNING sion position N you must depress the Combustion engines emit poisonous brake pedal and keep it depressed. exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poi- Starting procedure soning. There is a risk of fatal injury. Turn the key to position in the ignition Therefore never leave the engine running X 3 lock ( page 115) and release it as soon as in enclosed spaces without sufficient ven- Y the engine is running. tilation.

G WARNING Flammable materials introduced through Pulling away >> Driving and parking. environmental influence or by animals can General notes ignite if in contact with the exhaust system or parts of the engine that heat up. There is G WARNING a risk of fire. Vehicles with automatic transmission: Carry out regular checks to make sure that If the engine speed is above the engine there are no flammable foreign materials idling speed and you then engage trans- in the engine compartment or in the exhaust mission position D or R, the vehicle may system. accelerate suddenly. There is a risk of an accident. ! Do not depress the accelerator when When engaging transmission position D or starting the engine. R, always keep the brake pedal firmly i The engine runs at a higher engine depressed and do not depress the acceler- speed during a cold start so that the cat- ator pedal at the same time. alytic converter can reach operating temperature more quickly. The sound of ! Vehicles with manual transmission: the engine may change as a result. change gear in good time and avoid spinning the wheels. You could otherwise Manual transmission damage the vehicle. Release the parking brake before driv- X Depress the brake pedal and keep it ! depressed. ing off. The parking brake can otherwise Depress the clutch pedal fully. overheat, malfunction and wear out X quickly. X Engage neutral. Accelerate gently when pulling away. Automatic transmission The vehicle locks centrally once you have pulled away. X Shift the transmission to position P You can open the doors from the inside at (Y page 123). any time. The transmission position display in the You can also deactivate the automatic lock- multifunction display shows P ing feature (Y page 69). (Y page 123). Driving 117

Vehicles with automatic transmission: you Automatic start/stop system can only shift the transmission from position P to the desired transmission position Introduction if: The automatic start/stop system switches Rthe ignition is switched on the engine off automatically if the vehicle Ryou depress the brake pedal and keep it is stopped under certain conditions. depressed and When pulling away again, the engine starts Ryou press release button on the selector automatically. The automatic start/stop lever ( page 123). system thereby helps you to reduce the fuel Y consumption and emissions of your vehi- Only then is the shift lock released. cle. i Vehicles with automatic transmission: transmission shifts take place at higher General notes engine speeds after a cold start. This

helps the catalytic converter to reach its >> Driving and parking. operating temperature more quickly.

Hill start assist Hill start assist helps you when pulling away forwards or in reverse on an uphill gradient. It holds the vehicle for a short time after you have removed your foot from the brake pedal. This gives you enough time to move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and depress it before : Start/stop display (conditions are met) the vehicle begins to roll. ; Start/stop display (conditions not met) The automatic start/stop system is auto- G WARNING After a while, hill start assist no longer matically activated when you start the holds the vehicle and it may roll away. engine with the key. There is a risk of an accident and injury. The indicator lamp in the automatic start/ Therefore, quickly move your foot from the stop system button lights up if the auto- brake pedal to the accelerator pedal. Never matic start/stop system has been deacti- leave the vehicle when it is held by hill vated manually (Y page 119) or as the result start assist. of a malfunction.

Hill start assist is not active if: Ryou pull away on level ground Ryou pull away in a forward gear on a downhill slope Ron vehicles with automatic transmission, the transmission is in position N. Rthe parking brake is engaged. Resp® is malfunctioning.

Z 118 Driving

Automatic start/stop function Vehicles with manual transmission The automatic start/stop system switches General notes the engine off automatically if you stop the If the automatic start/stop system auto- vehicle. matically switches off the engine, the è Brake the vehicle. symbol is shown in the instrument cluster. X This is the case if, among other things: X Engage neutral (Y page 121). Release the clutch pedal. Rthe indicator lamp in the automatic X The engine is switched off automati- start/stop system button does not light cally. up Rthe outside temperature is within the Vehicles with automatic transmission range that is suitable for the system If the vehicle is stopped in transmission Rthe engine is at normal operating tem- position D or N, the ECO start/stop function perature switches off the engine automatically. >> Driving and parking. Rthe set temperature for the vehicle inte- i This is also the case if you have man- rior has been reached ually activated the switch. Rthe battery is sufficiently charged Rthe system detects that the windscreen is Automatic engine start not misted up when the air-conditioning system is switched on General notes Rthe tailgate is closed The engine is started automatically if you: Rthe driver's door is closed and the driv- Ryou switch off the automatic start/stop er's seat belt is fastened system by pressing the automatic start/ If not all conditions for automatic start/ stop system button stop system are fulfilled, the ç symbol Ryou open the tailgate is shown. Rthe vehicle starts to roll i All of the vehicle's systems except the Rthe temperature in the vehicle interior climate control remain active when the deviates from the set range engine is switched off automatically. Rthe system detects moisture on the wind- This is also the case if you exit the vehi- screen when the air-conditioning system cle. If you wish to exit the vehicle, is switched on always turn off the ignition and secure Rthe battery's charge status is too low the vehicle against rolling away. Vehicles with manual transmission i The è symbol flashes and a warning tone sounds if: ! Only engage gear when the clutch pedal is depressed. Rthe automatic start/stop system switches the engine off automatically, The engine is started automatically if you and depress the clutch pedal. Ryou take off your seat belt, and Ryou open the driver's door Vehicles with a colour display: in addition, the When exiting: remove key warning message appears. Driving 119

Vehicles with automatic transmission The engine is started automatically if you: Rrelease the brake pedal when in transmission position D or N Rrelease the brake pedal with manual transmission activated Rmove the transmission out of position P Shifting the transmission to position P does not start the engine.

Switching the automatic start/stop system on and off >> Driving and parking.

X To deactivate: press automatic start/ stop system button ;. Indicator lamp : lights up.

X To activate: press automatic start/stop system button ;. Indicator lamp : goes out. i If indicator lamp : is on, the automatic start/stop system has been deactivated manually or as the result of a malfunction. The engine will then not be switched off automatically when the vehicle stops.

Z 120 Driving

Problems with the engine

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The engine does not RThere is a malfunction in the engine electronics. start. The starter RThere is a malfunction in the fuel supply. motor can be heard. X Switch off the engine before attempting to start the engine again (Y page 133). X Try to start the engine again (Y page 115). Avoid excessively long and frequent attempts to start the engine, as this will drain the battery. If the engine does not start after several attempts:

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

>> Driving and parking. The engine does not The fuel tank is empty. start. The starter X Refuel the vehicle. motor can be heard. The fuel gauge indicates empty. The engine does not The on-board voltage is too low because the battery is too weak start. You cannot hear or discharged. the starter motor. X Jump-start the vehicle (Y page 228). If the engine does not start despite attempts to jump-start it:

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. The starter motor was exposed to a thermal load that was too high.

X Allow the starter motor to cool down for approximately two minutes.

X Try to start the engine again. If the engine still does not start:

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. The engine is not run- There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or in a ning smoothly and is mechanical component of the engine management system. misfiring. X Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly. Otherwise, non-combusted fuel may get into the catalytic converter and damage it.

X Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialist workshop. Manual transmission 121

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The coolant tempera- The coolant level is too low. The coolant is too hot and the ture exceeds 110 †. engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently. The red coolant tem- X Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and the coolant perature warning to cool down. lamp comes on while X Check the coolant level (Y page 210). Observe the warning the engine is running. notes as you do so and top up the coolant if necessary. A warning tone also sounds. If the coolant level is correct, the engine radiator fan may be Vehicles with a col- faulty. The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being our display: the Stop cooled sufficiently.

Switch off engine X If the coolant temperature is below 110 †, you can continue message appears. driving to the nearest qualified specialist workshop. >> Driving and parking. X Avoid heavy loads on the engine as you do so, e.g. driving in mountainous terrain and stop-start traffic.

Manual transmission Gear lever ! Only engage gear when the clutch pedal is depressed. ! If you shift to 5th gear, you must ensure that the gear lever is firmly pushed to the right. Otherwise, you could shift unintentionally into 3rd gear and damage the transmission. If you shift down at too high a speed 1 - 5 Forward gears (transmission braking), this can cause k Reverse gear the engine to overrev, leading to engine damage. Do not use the clutch bite point to keep Shifting to neutral the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients. There is otherwise a risk of damaging the clutch. ! On long and steep downhill gradients, especially if the vehicle is laden, you must shift into gear 1, 2 or 3 in good time. By doing so, you will make use of the braking effect of the engine. This relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly.

Z 122 Automatic transmission

X Depress the clutch pedal fully. X Move the gearshift lever to position :.

Engaging reverse gear ! Only shift into reverse gear R when the vehicle is stationary. Otherwise, you could damage the transmission. All vehicles except for smart 66 kw Turbo

X Engage neutral (Y page 121). Vehicles with a monochrome display X Press the gear lever to the right and then pull it back. >> Driving and parking.

Vehicles with a colour display

X Shift one gear up or down according to smart 66 kw Turbo gearshift recommendation : when shown in the multifunction display of the X Engage neutral (Y page 121). instrument cluster. X Pull collar : upwards. Further information on the transmission X Press the gear lever to the right and then display: pull it back. RVehicles with a monochrome display i When reverse gear is selected, the auto- (Y page 151) matic start/stop system is not available. RVehicles with a colour display The automatic start/stop system is not (Y page 153) available until you drive faster than 10 km/h again. Additional information about the auto- Automatic transmission matic start/stop system ( page 117). Y Important safety notes WARNING Gearshift recommendation G If the engine speed is above the idling The gearshift recommendations assist you speed and you engage transmission posi- in adopting an economical driving style. tion D or R, the vehicle could pull away suddenly. There is a risk of an accident. Automatic transmission 123

When engaging transmission position D or Transmission position and drive pro- R, always firmly depress the brake pedal gram display and do not simultaneously accelerate. The current transmission position and drive program appear in the multifunction G WARNING display. The automatic transmission switches to neutral position N when you switch off the engine. The vehicle may roll away. There is a risk of an accident. After switching off the engine, always switch to parking position P. Prevent the parked vehicle from rolling away by applying the parking brake. >> Driving and parking.

Selector lever : Transmission position display ; Transmission mode display

j Park position with parking lock k Reverse gear i Neutral h Drive

X To shift transmission position: press release button : and shift the gear lever to the desired transmission position. When you shift the transmission from positions N or P to position R, the ignition must also be switched on. i When you shift the transmission from positions D or R to position N, you do not need to press release button :.

Z 124 Automatic transmission

Transmission positions A Neutral Do not shift the transmission to B Park position N while driving. Otherwise, the This prevents the vehicle from automatic transmission could be rolling away when stopped. damaged. Only shift the transmission into No power is transmitted from the position P (Y page 123) when the engine to the drive wheels. vehicle is stationary. The park- Releasing the parking brake and ing lock should not be used as a brake pedal will allow you to brake when parking. Always apply move the vehicle freely, e.g. to the parking brake in addition to push it or tow it away. the parking lock in order to secure the vehicle. If esp® is deactivated or faulty: In the event of a malfunction of shift the transmission to posi- >> Driving and parking. the vehicle's electronics, the tion N if the vehicle is in danger transmission may lock. Informa- of skidding, e.g. on icy roads. tion on manually disconnecting ! Rolling in neutral N can lead the selector lever lock to damage to the transmission. (Y page 129). Have the vehicle electronics 7 Drive checked immediately at a quali- The automatic transmission fied specialist workshop. changes gear automatically. All forward gears are available. C Reverse gear Only shift the transmission into position R when the vehicle is Driving tips stationary. Changing gear The automatic transmission shifts to the individual gears automatically when it is in transmission position D. Gearshifting is determined by: Rthe selected drive program Rthe position of the accelerator pedal Rthe road speed

Accelerator pedal position Your style of driving influences how the automatic transmission shifts gear: Rlittle throttle: early upshifts Rmore throttle: late upshifts Automatic transmission 125

Kickdown X Press program selector button : to change the drive program. If you want maximum acceleration, use The letter of the selected drive program kickdown: appears in the multifunction display. X Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point. E Economy Comfortable, economical The transmission shifts to a lower gear driving depending on the engine speed. S Standard Dynamic, agile driving X Ease off the accelerator pedal once the desired speed is reached. The automatic transmission shifts back More information on drive programs up. (Y page 125).

Rocking the vehicle free Driving programs Shifting back and forth between transmis- >> Driving and parking. Drive program E (Economy) sion positions D and R can help to free up the vehicle if it gets stuck in mud or snow. Drive program E is characterised by the following: X Shift the selector lever alternately between positions D and R. Rcomfort-oriented engine settings The vehicle's engine management system Roptimal fuel consumption resulting from limits the speed to a maximum of 9 km/h the automatic transmission shifting up when shifting back and forth. sooner Rthe automatic transmission shifting up sooner. This results in the vehicle being Program selector button driven at lower engine speeds and the The program selector button allows you to wheels being less likely to spin choose between drive programs with different driving characteristics. Drive program S (standard) The automatic transmission switches to Drive program S is characterised by the drive program E every time the engine is following: started. Rthe automatic transmission shifting up later. Ras a result of the later automatic transmission shift points, the fuel consumption possibly being higher.

Manual gearshifting General notes You can shift the gears manually using either the selector lever or the gearshift paddles. The transmission must be in position D.

Z 126 Automatic transmission

If it is permissible, the automatic trans- Short-term setting (vehicles with Sports mission shifts to the next highest or next package) lowest gear. To use manual gearshifting, you have two possibilities: Rlong-term setting Rshort-term setting (vehicles with Sports package) If you activate the manual gearshift setting, the currently selected gear is shown in the multifunction display instead of D.

Long-term setting X To activate: shift the selector lever to D. >> Driving and parking. X Pull gearshift paddle : or ;. The short-term setting remains active for a certain length of time. Under certain conditions this minimum time is increased, e.g. in the case of lateral acceleration, during an overrun phase or while driving on steep terrain.

X To deactivate: pull and hold gearshift paddle ;. or To activate: shift the selector lever to D. X X Change the transmission position with X Push the selector lever to the left. the selector lever. or

X Change the drive program with the program selector button.

Shifting with the selector lever

X To deactivate: push the selector lever to the right. Automatic transmission 127

X To shift up: push the selector lever in the The automatic transmission automati- q direction. cally shifts up in order to prevent dam- The automatic transmission shifts up to age to the engine: the next gear. Rwhen the maximum engine speed of the The automatic transmission automati- currently engaged gear has been cally shifts up in order to prevent dam- reached and age to the engine: Ryou depress the accelerator pedal. Rwhen the maximum engine speed of the X To shift down: pull gearshift paddle :. currently engaged gear has been The automatic transmission shifts down reached and to the next gear. Ryou depress the accelerator pedal. Downshifting occurs automatically while X To shift down: pull the selector lever in coasting. the ± direction. If the engine exceeds the maximum

The automatic transmission shifts down engine speed when shifting down, the >> Driving and parking. to the next gear. automatic transmission protects against Downshifting occurs automatically while engine damage by not shifting down. coasting. If the engine exceeds the maximum Gearshift recommendation engine speed when shifting down, the The gearshift recommendations assist you automatic transmission protects against in adopting an economical driving style. engine damage by not shifting down.

Shifting with gearshift paddles (vehicles with Sports package)

Vehicles with a monochrome display

X To shift up: pull gearshift paddle ;. The automatic transmission shifts up to the next gear.

Vehicles with a colour display

Z 128 Automatic transmission

X Shift one gear up or down according to gearshift recommendation : when shown in the multifunction display of the instrument cluster. Further information on the transmission display: RVehicles with a monochrome display (Y page 151) RVehicles with a colour display (Y page 153)

Kickdown If you want maximum acceleration, you can >> Driving and parking. also change the kickdown to be manually switched on:

X Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point. The transmission shifts to a lower gear depending on the engine speed.

X Shift back up once the desired speed is reached. i If you apply full throttle, the automatic transmission shifts up to the next gear when the maximum engine speed is reached. This prevents the engine from overrevving. Automatic transmission 129

Problems with the transmission

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The transmission has The transmission is losing oil. problems shifting X Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist gear. workshop immediately.

The acceleration The transmission is in emergency mode. ability is deteriorat- X Stop. ing. X Shift the transmission to position P. The transmission no Switch off the engine. longer shifts into all X of the gears. X Wait at least ten seconds before restarting the engine. X Shift the transmission to position D.

Reverse gear can no >> Driving and parking. longer be engaged. X Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Manually releasing the selector lever X Apply the parking brake. lock X Prise out cover : at lower edge ; with You can manually release the selector level a flat, blunt object (e.g. a screwdriver lock in the event of an electrical malfunc- wrapped in cloth). tion. This is the case, for example, when X Pull cover : in the direction of the you want to release the parking brake while arrow. towing away the vehicle and then apply it again. ! Do not use any sharp-edged objects to prise out the cover from the centre console. Otherwise, the cover or the centre console could be damaged.

X Pull yellow release = behind the trim up and simultaneously press release button ? on the selector lever. X Shift the selector lever to N or P.

Z 130 Refuelling

Refuelling ! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a petrol engine. Do not switch on the Important safety notes ignition if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel. Otherwise, the fuel will WARNING G enter the fuel system. Even small amounts Fuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuel of the wrong fuel can result in damage to incorrectly, there is a risk of fire and the fuel system and the engine. Notify a explosion. qualified specialist workshop and have You must avoid fire, naked flames, creating the fuel tank and fuel lines drained com- sparks and smoking. Switch off the engine pletely. and, if applicable, the auxiliary heating before refuelling. ! Overfilling the fuel tank could damage the fuel system. G WARNING ! Take care not to spill any fuel on pain- Fuels are poisonous and hazardous to

>> Driving and parking. ted surfaces. You could otherwise damage health. There is a danger of injury. the paintwork. Do not swallow fuel or let it come into con- ! Use a filter when adding fuel from a fuel tact with skin, eyes or clothing. Do not can. The fuel lines and/or the diesel inhale fuel vapours. Keep fuels out of the injection system could otherwise be reach of children. blocked by particles from the fuel can. If you or others come into contact with fuel, If you overfill the fuel tank, some fuel may observe the following: spray out when you remove the fuel pump RWash the fuel off any affected areas of nozzle. skin with water and soap immediately. For further information on fuel and fuel RIf you get fuel in your eyes, rinse them quality (Y page 261). thoroughly with clean water immediately. Seek immediate medical attention. Refuelling RIf fuel is swallowed, seek immediate medical attention. Do not induce vomit- General notes ing. The fuel filler flap is unlocked or locked RChange any clothing that has come into automatically when you lock or unlock the contact with fuel immediately. vehicle with the key. The position of the fuel filler cap is dis- G WARNING played 8 in the instrument cluster. The Electrostatic charge can cause sparks and arrow next to the filling pump indicates thereby ignite fuel vapours. There is a risk the side of the vehicle. of fire and explosion. Always touch the vehicle body before opening the fuel filler flap or touching the fuel pump nozzle. This discharges any electrostatic charge that may have built up.

Do not get into the vehicle again during the refuelling process. Otherwise, electrostatic charge could build up again. Refuelling 131

Opening the fuel filler flap

: To open the fuel filler flap ; To attach the fuel filler cap = Fuel type instruction label >> Driving and parking.

X Switch off the engine. X Remove the key from the ignition lock. X Open the fuel filler flap in the direction of arrow :. X Turn the fuel filler cap anti-clockwise and remove it.

X Hang the fuel filler cap on the hook on the inside of the fuel filler flap.

X Completely insert the filler neck of the fuel pump nozzle into the tank, hook in place and refuel.

X Only fill the tank until the pump nozzle switches off. i Do not add any more fuel after the pump stops filling for the first time. Other- wise, fuel may leak out.

Closing the fuel filler flap

X Replace the fuel filler cap on the filler neck and turn it clockwise.

X Close the fuel filler flap. i Close the fuel filler flap before locking the vehicle.

Z 132 Parking

Problems with the fuel and fuel tank

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Fuel is leaking from The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty. the vehicle. G WARNING There is a risk of fire or explosion.

X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it immediately (Y page 115). X Do not restart the engine under any circumstances. X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. The fuel filler flap The fuel filler flap is not unlocked. cannot be opened. >> Driving and parking. X Unlock the vehicle (Y page 65). The key battery is discharged or nearly discharged.

X Unlock the vehicle using the key element in the emergency lock (Y page 70). The fuel filler flap is unlocked, but the opening mechanism is jammed.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Parking G WARNING If you leave children unattended in the Important safety notes vehicle, they may be able to set the vehicle G WARNING in motion if, for example, they: Flammable material such as leaves, grass or Rrelease the parking brake twigs may ignite if they come into contact Rshift the automatic transmission out of with hot parts of the exhaust system or park position P or shift manual trans- exhaust gas flow. There is a risk of fire. mission into neutral Park the vehicle so that no flammable mate- Rstart the engine rial can come into contact with hot vehicle In addition, they may operate vehicle components. In particular, do not park on equipment and become trapped. There is a dry grassland or harvested grain fields. risk of an accident and injury. When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle. Never leave children unattended in the vehicle.

! Always secure the vehicle correctly against rolling away. Otherwise, the vehicle or its drivetrain could be damaged. Parking 133

To ensure that the vehicle is secured Parking brake against rolling away unintentionally: General notes Rthe parking brake must be applied. Ra gear must be engaged on vehicles with G WARNING manual transmission. If you must brake the vehicle with the park- Rthe selector lever must be in position P ing brake, the braking distance is consid- on vehicles with automatic transmis- erably longer and the wheels could lock. sion. This increases the risk of skidding and an Rthe key must be removed from the igni- accident. tion lock. Only use the parking brake to brake the Ron uphill or downhill gradients, the vehicle when the service brake is faulty. Do front wheels must be turned towards the not apply the parking brake too firmly. If kerb. the wheels lock, release the parking brake until the wheels begin turning again. >> Driving and parking.

Switching off the engine G WARNING If you leave children unattended in the Important safety notes vehicle, they may be able to set the vehicle in motion if, for example, they: G WARNING The automatic transmission switches to Rrelease the parking brake neutral position N when you switch off the Rshift the automatic transmission out of engine. The vehicle may roll away. There is park position P or shift manual trans- a risk of an accident. mission into neutral After switching off the engine, always Rstart the engine switch to parking position P. Prevent the In addition, they may operate vehicle parked vehicle from rolling away by apply- equipment and become trapped. There is a ing the parking brake. risk of an accident and injury. When leaving the vehicle, always take the Vehicles with manual transmission key with you and lock the vehicle. Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. X Select a gear. X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition The brake lights do not light up when you lock and remove it. brake the vehicle with the parking brake. The immobiliser is activated.

X Apply the parking brake.

Vehicles with automatic transmission

X Apply the parking brake. X Shift the transmission to position P. X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it. The immobiliser is activated.

Z 134 Driving tips

X To apply: firmly pull parking brake ; This could affect, for example, the power upwards. steering and the brake boosting effect. You The J indicator lamp in the instru- will require considerably more effort to ment cluster lights up if the engine is steer and brake. There is a risk of an acci- running. dent. X To release: depress the brake pedal and Do not switch off the ignition while driv- keep it depressed. ing. X Press release button : on parking brake ; and guide the parking brake Drive sensibly – save fuel down to the stop. Observe the following tips to save fuel: The J indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out. RThe tyres should always be inflated to the recommended tyre pressure. The parking brake is not yet engaged if: RRemove unnecessary loads. >> Driving and parking. Ra warning tone sounds RWarm up the engine at low engine speeds. Rthe Release parking brake message RAvoid frequent acceleration or braking. appears in the multifunction display (vehicles with colour display) and RHave all maintenance work carried out as indicated by the service intervals in the Rthe J indicator lamp in the instru- Service Booklet or by the service inter- ment cluster lights up val display. Fuel consumption also increases when Parking up the vehicle driving in cold weather, in stop-start traffic and in hilly terrain. If you leave the vehicle parked up for longer than four weeks, the battery may be damaged by exhaustive discharging. eco score If you leave the vehicle parked up for longer than six weeks, it may suffer from lack General notes of use. The eco score display provides feedback on how economical your driving characteris- X Visit a qualified specialist workshop and seek advice. tics are. The eco score display assists you in achieving the most economical driving i You can obtain information about style for the selected settings and pre- trickle chargers from a qualified spe- vailing conditions. Consumption can be cialist workshop. significantly influenced by your driving style. In addition to driving style, the consump- Driving tips tion is affected by many other factors, such General notes as: Rload Important safety notes Rtyre pressure G WARNING Rcold start If you switch off the ignition while driv- Rchoice of route ing, safety-relevant functions are only Rthe use of electrical consumers available with limitations, or not at all. Driving tips 135

These factors are not included in the eco from the start of the journey to its com- score display. pletion. Therefore, there are dynamic changes in the percentage count at the Vehicles with a monochrome display start of a journey. During a prolonged driving time, these changes are smaller. For dynamic changes, perform a manual reset (Y page 155). When the fuel level reaches the reserve range, the remaining fuel storage is shown in the multifunction display instead of the percentage value. For further information on the eco score display, see (Y page 155).

Vehicles with a colour display >> Driving and parking. The percentage count in eco score display : only appears after a distance of approx. 400 m has been covered. A higher percentage count indicates a more economical driving style. If the ignition remains switched off for longer than 4 hours, eco score display : in the on-board computer will be automatically reset. Vehicles with manual transmission i An economical driving style involves driving with a moderate engine speed. To achieve a higher value: Robserve the gearshift recommendation Raccelerate moderately, especially at higher speeds Rdrive carefully and keep your distance Vehicles with automatic transmission from the vehicle in front The percentage count in the eco score dis- Rrelease the accelerator pedal in good play only appears after a distance of time approx. 400 m has been covered. A higher Rallow the vehicle to coast without the percentage count indicates a more econom- use of the brakes and engage neutral if ical driving style. If the ignition remains necessary switched off for longer than 4 hours, the eco Rdrive at a constant speed and avoid score display in the on-board computer unnecessary acceleration and decel- will be automatically reset. eration Rdrive the vehicle in drive program E (vehicles with automatic transmission). i The eco score calculation takes into account your driving characteristics

Z 136 Driving tips

Vehicles with manual transmission: the An economical driving style involves driv- percentage count in the eco score display ing with a moderate engine speed. is an average value based on the following Vehicles with manual transmission: to three categories: achieve a higher value in the shift cate- Raccelerate (evaluation of all accelera- gory, observe the gearshift recommendation processes) tions. - The bar fills up: moderate accelera- i On long journeys at a constant speed, tion, especially at higher speeds e.g. on the motorway, only the bar for - The bar empties: sporty acceleration anticipatory will change. Ranticipatory (assessment of driving i The eco score calculation takes into behaviour at all times) account your driving characteristics - The bar fills up: keep your distance, from the start of the journey to its com- release the accelerator early and allow pletion. Therefore, there are dynamic

>> Driving and parking. the vehicle to coast without using the changes in the bars at the start of a jour- brakes. Maintain a constant speed and ney. During a prolonged driving time, avoid unnecessary acceleration and these changes are smaller. For dynamic deceleration. changes, perform a manual reset - The bar empties: fluctuations in (Y page 155). speed, frequent braking If you reset the data in the eco score dis- Rshift (evaluation of all gear changes) play, then the data in the from start - The bar fills up: observe the gearshift trip computer is also reset automati- recommendations in the multifunction cally (Y page 154). display. For further information on the eco score - The bar empties: driving with the display, see (Y page 155). engine speed too high or too low Vehicles with automatic transmission: the percentage count in the eco score display Braking is an average value based on the following Important safety notes two categories: Raccelerate (evaluation of all accelera- G WARNING tion processes) If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine's - The bar fills up: moderate acceleration, especially at higher speeds braking effect, the drive wheels could lose their grip. This increases the risk of skid- - The bar empties: sporty acceleration ding and having an accident. R (assessment of driving anticipatory Do not shift down for additional engine behaviour at all times) braking on a slippery road surface. - The bar fills up: keep your distance, release the accelerator early and allow Downhill gradients the vehicle to coast without using the brakes. Maintain a constant speed and Change into a lower gear in good time on avoid unnecessary acceleration and long and steep downhill gradients. Take deceleration. particular note of this when driving a - The bar empties: fluctuations in laden vehicle. speed, frequent braking Driving tips 137 i This also applies if you have activated After driving on a wet road or having the cruise control or the speed limiter. vehicle washed, brake firmly while paying This will use the braking effect of the attention to the traffic conditions. This engine, so less braking will be required to will warm up the brake discs, thereby dry- prevent the vehicle from gaining speed. ing them more quickly and protecting them This relieves the load on the brake system against corrosion. and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly. Limited braking performance on salt- treated roads Heavy and light loads If you drive on salt-treated roads, a layer of salt may form on the brake discs and G WARNING pads. This can increase the braking dis- The braking system can overheat if you tance considerably. leave your foot on the brake pedal while RBrake occasionally to remove any salt driving. This increases the braking dis- that may have started to build up. Ensure >> Driving and parking. tance and could even cause the braking sys- that you do not endanger other road users tem to fail. There is a risk of an accident. when doing so. Never use the brake pedal as a footrest. Do RCarefully depress the brake pedal at the not simultaneously depress both the brake end of the journey and when starting the pedal and the accelerator pedal while driv- next journey. ing. RMaintain a much greater distance to the ! Depressing the brake pedal constantly vehicle in front. results in excessive and premature wear to the brake pads. New brake pads/linings If heavy demands are made on the brakes, do New or replaced brake pads/linings and not park the vehicle immediately. Drive on discs only reach their optimum braking for a short while. This allows the airflow to effect after several hundred kilometres of cool the brakes more quickly. driving. Compensate for the reduced brak- If the brakes have been used only moder- ing effect by applying greater force to the ately, you should occasionally test their brake pedal. effectiveness. To do this, brake more When having brake pads/linings fitted, firmly from a higher speed, paying atten- smart recommends that for safety reasons tion to traffic conditions. This improves you only use those which are approved for the grip of the brakes. smart vehicles or are of an equivalent quality standard. Brake pads/linings Wet road surfaces which have not been approved for smart vehicles or which are not of an equivalent If you have driven for a long time in heavy quality could affect your vehicle's oper- rain without braking, there may be a ating safety. delayed reaction from the brakes when braking for the first time. This may also occur after a car wash or after driving through deep water. You have to depress the brake pedal more firmly. Maintain a greater distance from the vehicle in front.

Z 138 Driving tips

Driving on wet roads their grip. This increases the risk of skidding and having an accident. Aquaplaning Do not shift down for additional engine If water has accumulated to a certain depth braking on a slippery road surface. on the road surface, there is a danger of aquaplaning occurring, even if: G DANGER Ryou are driving at low speeds If the exhaust pipe is blocked or sufficient Rthe tyres have adequate tread depth ventilation is not possible, poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide may For this reason, in the event of heavy rain enter the vehicle. This is the case, for or in conditions in which aquaplaning can example, if the vehicle gets stuck in snow. occur you must drive in the following man- There is a risk of fatal injury. ner: If you have to leave the engine running, Rlower your speed keep the exhaust pipe and the area around >> Driving and parking. Ravoid tyre ruts the vehicle free of snow. Open a window on Ravoid sudden steering movements the leeward side of the vehicle to ensure an Rbrake carefully adequate supply of fresh air. Have your vehicle winterproofed at a Driving on flooded roads qualified specialist workshop at the onset ! Bear in mind that vehicles travelling of winter. in front or in the opposite direction You should drive particularly carefully on create waves. This may cause the maxi- slippery road surfaces. Avoid sudden mum permissible water depth to be acceleration, steering and braking exceeded. manoeuvres. Do not use cruise control. These notes must be observed under all If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannot be circumstances. You could otherwise dam- stopped when moving at low speed: age the engine, the electronics or the Try to bring the vehicle under control by transmission. X using corrective steering. If you have to drive on stretches of road on X Vehicles with automatic transmission: which water has collected, please bear in shift the transmission to position N. mind that: The outside temperature indicator is not Rthe water level should not exceed the designed to serve as an ice-warning device lower edge of the vehicle body in still and is therefore unsuitable for that pur- water pose. Changes in the outside temperature Ryou should drive no faster than walking are displayed after a short delay. pace Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice. The road may Winter driving still be icy, especially in wooded areas or on bridges. G WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface You should pay special attention to road in an attempt to increase the engine's conditions when temperatures are around braking effect, the drive wheels could lose the freezing point. Driving systems 139

For more information on driving with snow to lose traction and the vehicle could chains, see (Y page 243). then skid For more information on driving with sum- Rwhen there is poor visibility, e.g. due to mer tyres, see (Y page 242). fog, heavy rain or snow Observe the notes in the "Winter opera- If there is a change of drivers, advise the tion" section (Y page 242). new driver of the speed stored.

Cruise control buttons Driving systems Cruise control General notes Cruise control maintains a constant road

speed for you. Cruise control does not >> Driving and parking. brake the vehicle automatically. Only the engine's braking effect is available. In order to reduce speed and maintain distance to other road users, you need to brake yourself. This cancels cruise control. : Activates/deactivates cruise control Use cruise control only if road and traffic Stores, increases or reduces the cur- conditions make it appropriate to main- ; rent speed tain a steady speed for a prolonged period. You can use cruise control at speeds above = Calls up the last speed stored 30 km/h. ? Interrupts cruise control

Important safety notes Activating cruise control If you fail to adapt your driving style, Cruise control must be activated before it cruise control can neither reduce the risk can be used. of an accident nor override the laws of X Press switch : (V). physics. Cruise control cannot take into Cruise control is activated. account road, weather or traffic condi- The V symbol appears in the multi- tions. Cruise control is only an aid. You are function display. responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front, for vehicle speed, for braking in i When you switch off the engine, cruise good time, and for staying in lane. control remains activated and the last Do not use cruise control: speed stored is cleared. Rin road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant Storing and maintaining the current speed (e.g. in heavy traffic or on winding speed roads) When cruise control is active, you can save Ron smooth or slippery roads. Braking or the current speed starting from 30 km/h. accelerating can cause the drive wheels

Z 140 Driving systems

X Accelerate the vehicle to the desired Increasing or decreasing the speed speed. In order to be able to increase or decrease X Press switch ; (®) and release it. the speed, a speed must already have been X Remove your foot from the accelerator stored. pedal. Cruise control is activated. The vehicle i Cruise control is not deactivated if you automatically maintains the stored depress the accelerator pedal. For exam- speed. The stored speed appears beside ple, if you accelerate briefly to over- take, cruise control adjusts the vehicle's the V icon in the multifunction dis- speed to the last speed stored after you play. have finished overtaking. i Cruise control may be unable to main- R®: increases the speed tain the stored speed on uphill gradi- R−: decreases the speed ents. The stored speed is resumed when Press switch ( ) or (−) repeatedly >> Driving and parking. the gradient evens out. X ; ® On downhill gradients, only the engine's until the desired speed is reached. braking effect is available. You have to The speed is gradually increased or operate the brakes yourself to reduce reduced. speed. This cancels cruise control. or X Press and hold switch ; (®) or (−) Calling up the last speed stored until the desired speed is reached. Release the switch. WARNING X G The new speed is stored. If you call up the stored speed and this differs from your current speed, the vehicle will accelerate. If you do not know the Cancelling cruise control stored speed, the vehicle can accelerate When cruise control is switched on, you can unexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci- cancel cruise control at any time and call dent. up the stored speed again later. Before you call up the stored speed, pay i The last speed stored is cleared when attention to traffic conditions. If you do you switch off the engine. not know the stored speed, store the desired speed again. X Press button ? ± and release it. or X Press button = ° and release it. X Brake Cruise control is activated and adjusts Cruise control is cancelled. the vehicle's speed to the last speed stored. Cruise control is also cancelled when:

X Remove your foot from the accelerator Ryou engage the parking brake pedal. Ryou depress the clutch ® i The last speed stored is cleared when Resp intervenes you switch off the engine. Deactivating cruise control

X Press switch : so that the switch is set to the middle position. Cruise control is deactivated. Driving systems 141

The V symbol goes out in the multi- Limiter buttons function display. i Once you have activated the limiter, cruise control is deactivated.

Limiter General notes The limiter helps you to avoid exceeding a set speed. The limiter does not brake the vehicle automatically. On long and steep : Activates/deactivates the limiter downhill gradients, especially if the vehi- Stores, increases or reduces the cur- cle is laden, you must shift to a lower gear ; rent speed >> Driving and parking. in time. By doing so, you will make use of the braking effect of the engine. The lim- = Calls up the last speed stored iter may be unable to prevent the stored ? Cancels the limiter speed from being exceeded on downhill gradients. In this case, the stored speed Activating the limiter flashes in the display and a warning tone The limiter must be activated before the sounds. Brake yourself, if necessary, to speed limiter can be used. avoid exceeding the speed. X Press (LIM) switch :. Important safety notes The limiter is activated. The È symbol appears in the multi- If you fail to adapt your driving style, the function display. limiter can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics. i When you switch off the engine, the lim- The limiter cannot take into account road, iter remains activated and the last speed weather or traffic conditions. The limiter stored is cleared. is only an aid. You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front, for vehi- Storing the speed cle speed, for braking in good time, and for staying in lane. When the limiter is active, you can store any speed starting from 30 km/h. If there is a change of drivers, advise the new driver of the speed stored. You can save the current driving speed or you can set any desired speed while the vehicle is stationary. Saving the current driving speed

X Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed. X Press switch ; (®) and release it. The limiter is activated. The stored speed appears beside the È icon in the multifunction display.

Z 142 Driving systems

Setting a speed while the vehicle is sta- Cancelling the limiter tionary When the limiter is activated, you can can- X Press switch ; (®) and release it. cel it at any time and call up the stored The limiter is activated. The stored speed again later. speed appears beside the È icon in The last speed stored is cleared when the multifunction display. i you switch off the engine. Calling up the last speed stored X Press button ± ? and release it. The limiter is cancelled. X Press button = (°) and release it. The limiter is activated. Deactivating the limiter The last speed stored is cleared when i X Press the upper section of switch : so you switch off the engine. that the switch is set in the middle posi-

>> Driving and parking. tion. Increasing or decreasing the speed The limiter is deactivated. In order to be able to increase or decrease The È symbol goes out in the multi- the speed, a speed must already have been function display. stored. R®: increases the speed R−: decreases the speed Parking aid

X Press switch ; (®) or (−) repeatedly General notes until the desired speed is reached. The The rear parking aid indicates audibly the speed is then gradually increased or distance between your vehicle and an decreased. object. If you engage reverse gear when the or engine is running, the parking aid is acti- X Press and hold switch ; (®) or (−) vated automatically. until the desired speed is reached. The speed will be increased or reduced in 10 km/h increments.

X Release the switch. The new speed is stored.

Exceeding the stored speed You can exceed the stored limit speed at any time, if you depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point (kickdown). When the maximum speed is excee- The parking aid monitors the rear area of ded, the speed display flashes and a warn- your vehicle using three sensors : in the ing tone sounds. The limiter is activated rear bumper. The sensors must be free of again once the speed drops below the stored dirt, ice and slush. Otherwise, they may not speed and kickdown is no longer active. function correctly. Clean the sensors regularly, taking care not to scratch or damage them. Driving systems 143

When reverse gear is engaged the system Deactivating/activating the parking aid measures the distance between your vehicle and an object. If the proximity to the object behind the vehicle is less than 1.20 m, a beeping sound is issued. When the object is a maximum of 30 cm away, a continuous tone is issued.

Important safety notes The parking aid is only an aid. It is not a substitute for your attention to the immediate surroundings. The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and parking remains X Press button ;. with you. Make sure that there are no per- Indicator lamp : lights up. The system sons, animals or objects in range while is deactivated. >> Driving and parking. manoeuvring and parking. X Press button ; again. ! When parking, pay particular attention Indicator lamp : goes out. The system is to objects above or below the sensors, reactivated. such as flower pots or trailer drawbars. i The parking aid is automatically acti- The parking aid does not detect such vated when you start the engine. objects when they are in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle. You could damage If you engage reverse gear while the engine the vehicle or the objects. is running, the parking aid is activated The sensors may not detect snow and other automatically. An acoustic signal sounds objects that absorb ultrasonic waves. when reverse gear is selected. Ultrasonic sources such as an automatic The parking aid is deactivated: car wash, the compressed-air brakes of a Rwhen a speed of 10 km/h is exceeded truck or a pneumatic drill could cause Rreverse gear is no longer engaged the parking aid to malfunction. The parking aid may not function correctly on uneven terrain. Rear view camera The parking aid does not take into account General notes obstacles located: Rbelow the detection range, e.g. persons, animals or objects Rabove the detection range, e.g. over- hanging loads, tail sections or loading ramps of goods vehicles

Reversing camera : is an optical parking and manoeuvring aid. It shows the area

Z 144 Driving systems

behind your vehicle with guide lines in the Activating/deactivating the reversing smart Media-System display. camera The area behind the vehicle is displayed as X To activate: make sure that the key is in a mirror image, as in the rear-view mirror. position 2 in the ignition lock. i The text shown in the smart Media-Sys- X Make sure that Reversing camera dis‐ tem display depends on the language set- play setting is selected in the smart ting. The following are examples of Media-System (see separate operating reversing camera displays. instructions).

X Engage reverse gear. Important safety notes The area behind the vehicle is shown with The reversing camera is only an aid. It is guide lines in the smart Media-System not a substitute for your attention to the display. immediate surroundings. The responsibil- To switch off: after driving forwards

>> Driving and parking. ity for safe manoeuvring and parking briefly, the reversing camera will turn remains with you. Make sure that there are itself off. no persons, animals or objects in range while manoeuvring and parking. Messages in the display Under the following circumstances, the The reversing camera may show a distorted reversing camera will not function, or will view of obstacles or show them incorrectly function in a limited manner: or not at all. Obstacles are not shown by the Rif the tailgate is open reversing camera in the following loca- Rin heavy rain, snow or fog tions: Rat night or in very dark places Rvery close to the rear bumper Rif the camera is exposed to very bright Runder the rear bumper light Rin the area immediately above the tail- Rif the area is lit by fluorescent light or gate handle LED lighting (the display may flicker) ! Objects not at ground level may appear Rif there is a sudden change in tempera- to be further away than they actually are, ture, e.g. when driving into a heated e.g.: garage in winter R Rif the camera lens is dirty or obstructed the bumper of a parked vehicle R Rif the rear of your vehicle is damaged. In the drawbar of a trailer this event, have the camera position and Rthe ball coupling of a trailer tow hitch setting checked at a qualified special- Rthe rear section of an HGV ist workshop Ra slanted post The field of vision and other functions of Use the guidelines only for orientation. the reversing camera may be restricted due Approach objects no further than the bot- to additional accessories on the rear of the tom-most guideline. vehicle (e.g. licence plate holder, bicycle rack). Driving systems 145

This feature warns the driver if a lane marking is crossed inadvertently. Lane Keeping Assist uses a camera : which is affixed on the windscreen behind the rear view mirror. A warning may be given if a front wheel passes over a lane marking. The corresponding symbol flashes for a maximum of five seconds in the display and a warning tone sounds.

: Guide line without turning the steering wheel, vehicle width including the Important safety notes exterior mirrors (static) G WARNING ; Green guide line at a distance of Lane Keeping Assist cannot always clearly >> Driving and parking. approximately 1.50 m from the rear of identify lane markings. the vehicle In these cases, Lane Keeping Assist may: = Yellow guide line at a distance of approximately 0.7 m from the rear of the Rgive an unnecessary warning vehicle Rnot give a warning ? Red guide line at a distance of approx- There is a risk of an accident. imately 0.3 m from the rear of the vehi- Always pay particular attention to the traf- cle fic situation and keep in lane, especially A Blue guide line for the vehicle width if Lane Keeping Assist alerts you. including the exterior mirrors, for current steering wheel angle (dynamic) G WARNING The guide lines are shown when the trans- The Lane Keeping Assist warning does not mission is in position R. return the vehicle to the original lane. The distance specifications only apply to There is a risk of an accident. objects that are at ground level. Always steer, apply the brakes or accelerate the vehicle yourself, especially if Lane Keeping Assist alerts you. Lane Keeping Assist If you fail to adapt your driving style, Lane General notes Keeping Assist can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics. Lane Keeping Assist cannot take into account road, weather or traffic conditions. Lane Keeping Assist is only an aid. You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front, for vehicle speed, for braking in good time, and for staying in lane. Lane Keeping Assist does not keep your vehicle in its lane.

Z 146 Driving systems

The system may be impaired or may not Vehicles with a colour display: function if: X To switch on: press button ;. Rthere is poor visibility, e.g. due to Indicator lamp : goes out. In the dis- insufficient illumination of the road, or play, the Ã symbol and the Lane due to snow, rain, fog or spray Keeping Assist on message appear. Rthere is glare, e.g. from oncoming traf- If you drive at speeds above 70 km/h and fic, the sun or reflection from other lane markings are detected, Lane Keep- vehicles (e.g. if the road surface is wet) ing Assist is operational. The Ã sym- Rthe windscreen is dirty, misted up, dam- bol appears in the display with a green aged or covered, for instance by a background. sticker, in the vicinity of the camera X To deactivate: press button ;. Rno, or several, unclear lane markings are Indicator lamp : lights up. The Ã present for one lane, e.g. in a construc- symbol in the display goes out. Lane tion area Keeping Assist is deactivated. The >> Driving and parking. Lane Rthe lane markings are worn away, dark or Keeping Assist off message appears in covered up, e.g. by dirt or snow the display. Rthe distance to the vehicle in front is too Vehicles with a monochrome display small and the lane markings thus cannot be detected X To switch on: press the ; button. Indicator lamp : goes out. The Ã Rthe lane markings change quickly, e.g. symbol appears in the display. lanes branch off, cross one another or merge If you drive at speeds above 70 km/h and lane markings are detected, Lane Keep- Rthe road is narrow and winding ing Assist is operational. The ¤ sym- Rthere are highly variable shade condi- bol appears in the display. tions on the road X To deactivate: press button ;. No warning occurs if: Indicator lamp : lights up. The Ã Ra lane marking is crossed at speed symbol in the display goes out. Lane Ryou have switched on the turn signals. In Keeping Assist is deactivated. this case, the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time i Your selection remains stored when you switch off the engine. Ryou cut the corner on a sharp bend

Activating/deactivating Lane Keeping Assist 147

Useful information ...... 148 Important safety notes ...... 148 Displays and operation ...... 148 Menus and submenus ...... 154 Display messages (on-board computer with monochrome display) ...... 162 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) ...... 167 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster ...... 184 >> On-board computer and displays. 148 Displays and operation

Useful information fore make sure your vehicle is operating safely at all times. Otherwise, you may i This Owner's Manual describes all mod- cause an accident by driving a vehicle that els, series and optional equipment for is not operating reliably. your vehicle that were available at the If the operating safety of your vehicle time of going to press. Country-specific impaired, park the vehicle as soon as pos- differences are possible. Note that your sible paying attention to road and traffic vehicle may not be fitted with all fea- conditions. Contact a qualified specialist tures described. This is also the case for workshop. systems and functions relevant to safety. Observe the notes in the overview of warn- i Read the information on qualified spe- ing and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster: cialist workshops: (Y page 21). ROn-board computer with a monochrome display (Y page 28) Important safety notes ROn-board computer with a colour display (Y page 30) >> On-board computer and displays. G WARNING Operating the integrated information systems and communications equipment in the Displays and operation vehicle while driving will distract you Instrument cluster lighting from traffic conditions. You could then lose control of the vehicle. There is a risk Instrument cluster lighting includes illu- of an accident. mination of the instrument cluster, the Only operate these devices if road traffic additional instruments on the dashboard, conditions permit. If you are unsure about the displays and the controls. the surrounding conditions, pull over to a The instrument cluster lighting is safe location and make entries only while switched automatically between day and the vehicle is stationary. night lighting depending on the ambient light conditions (Y page 87). You must observe the legal requirements On vehicles with a colour display, you can for the country in which you are currently also set the brightness of the instrument driving when operating the on-board com- cluster lighting to different levels in the puter. on-board computer (Y page 158). G WARNING If the instrument cluster has failed or mal- functioned, you may not recognise function Speedometer restrictions relevant to safety. The oper- If you turn the key to position 2 in the ating safety of your vehicle may be ignition lock, the warning and indicator impaired. There is a risk of an accident. lamps in the instrument cluster will Drive on carefully. Have the vehicle briefly light up for a lamp test. During the checked at a qualified specialist workshop lamp test, the illuminated speedometer immediately. needle moves in the speedometer. The on-board computer with a colour dis- The on-board computer only shows display play can show a digital speedometer in the messages and/or warnings from certain display. The digital speedometer can be systems in the display. You should there- Displays and operation 149 hidden/displayed and its speed unit Fuel gauge selected (Y page 159).

Outside temperature display You should pay special attention to road conditions when temperatures are around the freezing point. Bear in mind that the outside temperature display indicates the temperature meas- ured and does not record the road temperature. Fuel level indicator (example: monochrome dis- The display shows the outside temperature play) on the far right in the header:

Rmonochrome display (Y page 151) Rcolour display (Y page 153) >> On-board computer and displays. Changes in the outside temperature are displayed after a short delay. If the outside temperature has fallen below 3 †, the Ò symbol is shown beside the outside temperature display. At outside temperatures between -3 † and 3 †: Rthe Ò symbol flashes for about Fuel level indicator (example: colour display) 1 minute in the monochrome display and : Reserve fuel display then remains on continuously. ; Fuel gauge Rthe colour display also shows a display = Fuel filler flap location indicator message next to the Ò symbol u The fuel filler cap is located on (Y page 173). the right For an on-board computer with colour dis- ? 6 Reserve fuel (yellow) play, you can set the temperature unit of the outside temperature display ( page 160). Fuel gauge ; is shown in the display as a Y segment display with eight segments. When the fuel level falls below the reserve range of 5.0 l, the last illuminated segment of the fuel display will flash and a warning tone will sound. Reserve fuel display : will also appear. The reserve fuel display shows the numeric value of the remaining fuel level in 0.5 l increments. With a colour display: R6 symbol ? also appears in yellow Ra display message is also shown (Y page 175).

Z 150 Displays and operation

Additional instruments on the dash- On-board computer with a monochrome board display Operating the on-board computer

! Do not drive in the overrevving range. Doing so will damage the engine. Environmental note

>> On-board computer and displays. H Avoid excessive engine speeds. This unnecessarily increases the fuel consumption of your vehicle and harms the environment as a result of increased emissions. : Monochrome display ; Buttons on the multifunction lever The overrevving range of the engine is To activate the on-board computer: shown with dashed lines in the orange X unlock the vehicle and open a door. marking of rev counter . The fuel supply : If you do not subsequently lock the door, is interrupted to protect the engine when the on-board computer will remain the overrevving range is reached. active for approximately 15 minutes Dashboard clock ; is synchronised with without any further activity. the clock in the on-board computer. or Rev counter , together with dashboard : Turn the key to position 1 in the ignition clock , can be rotated approximately 60° X ; lock. on the dashboard. For vehicles with a colour display, you can You can control the display and the settings also set the brightness of the instrument in the on-board computer using buttons ; cluster lighting to different levels on the multifunction lever. (Y page 158). Displays and operation 151

Buttons ; on the multifunction lever Current fuel consumption (Y page 152) Service display ( page 211) ´ Press briefly: Y B Restarts the tyre pressure monitor RTo scroll forward at menu level (Y page 246) RTo gradually increase the C 6 Fuel level (Y page 149) value in the sub-menus D eco score display (Y page 134) Press and hold: Reserve fuel display (Y page 149) RTo switch directly to the trip E b Brake lamp failure warning lamp meter at menu level (Y page 162) RTo quickly increase the value F Total distance recorder in the sub-menus G V Cruise control (Y page 139) a Press briefly: È Limiter RTo confirm the setting in the Vehicles with automatic transmission sub-menu Press and hold: >> On-board computer and displays. RTo reset the value at menu level or call up the sub-menu

Monochrome display

Vehicles with manual transmission

: Time (Y page 152) ; Drive program (Y page 123) = u Gearshift recommendation (Y page 122) ? Transmission display h Standard display or = Gear indicator (manual mode) : Time ( page 152) S Transmission malfunction Y ( page 164) ; Transmission display Y A ¤ Lane Keeping Assist indicator u Gearshift recommendation lamp (Y page 145) (Y page 122) B Outside temperature display ¿ Standard display (Y page 149) S Transmission malfunction C Trip meter ( page 152) ( page 164) Y Y Current fuel consumption ( page 152) = ¤ Lane Keeping Assist indicator Y Service display (Y page 211) lamp (Y page 145) D Restarts the tyre pressure monitor ? Outside temperature display (Y page 246) (Y page 149) E 6 Fuel level (Y page 149) A Trip meter (Y page 152)

Z 152 Displays and operation

shows the trip meter data or the current F eco score display (Y page 134) fuel consumption. Reserve fuel display (Y page 149) G b Brake lamp failure warning lamp X Press and hold the b button on the multifunction lever. (Y page 162) The trip meter value or the eco score H Total distance recorder display flashes for approx. 3 seconds. I V Cruise control (Y page 139) The data is then reset. È Limiter The count in the eco score display only reappears once a distance of approx. Menus and multi-displays 400 m has been covered. If the ignition remains switched off for longer than four Overview hours, the eco score display in the on- The arrangement of the menus and displays board computer will be automatically can be envisaged as a circle. reset.

X To scroll: repeatedly press the ´ but- X When the value has been reset, release ton on the multifunction lever. the b button. The menu functions/displays are shown >> On-board computer and displays. If you release the b button earlier, one after the other. the data shown will not change. i If the ´ button is pressed and held for approximately 3 seconds, the trip Current fuel consumption meter appears directly on the display. When the vehicle is stationary or up to a Depending on the vehicle equipment, you speed of approximately 5 km/h, the display can call up the following menus/displays shows the current fuel consumption as a one after the other: numeric value in l/h. Rdisplay and reset the trip meter Setting the time (Y page 152) X Repeatedly press the ´ button on the Rdisplay the current fuel consumption multifunction lever until the display (Y page 152) shows the ° symbol alongside the Rdisplay the service due date time. (Y page 211) X Press and hold the b button on the Rset the time menu (Y page 152) multifunction lever until the hour value RRestarting the tyre pressure monitor flashes. (Y page 246) X Press ´ to set the hour and confirm the selection with b. Resetting values The minute value flashes. You can reset the trip meter data and the X Press ´ to set the minutes and b to eco score display ( page 134). You can only Y confirm the selection. reset the eco score if the display is show- The display will show the time selected. ing the current fuel consumption.

X Repeatedly press the ´ button on the i If the ´ button on the multifunction multifunction lever until the display lever is pressed and held when setting the time, the numerical values will change continuously. Displays and operation 153

On-board computer with a colour dis- Left control panel ; play 9 Press briefly: Operating the on-board computer : RTo scroll through a menu RTo scroll through a sub-menu or list Press and hold: RTo switch directly to the Dis‐ tance menu at menu level RTo switch directly to the back function at the submenu level

a RTo confirm the selection RIn certain menus, to switch to the Reset values? function RTo hide the display message >> On-board computer and displays.

Colour display

: Colour display ; Left control panel

X To activate the on-board computer: unlock the vehicle and open a door. If you do not subsequently lock the door, the on-board computer will remain active for approximately 15 minutes without any further activity. or Turn the key to position 1 in the ignition X Time ( page 157) lock. : Y ; Ã Lane Keeping Assist indicator You can control the display and the settings lamp ( page 145) in the on-board computer using the steer- Y = Digital speedometer ( page 159) ing wheel buttons on left control panel ;. Y ? Outside temperature display (Y page 149) A Display field for display messages, menus and lists

B 6 Reserve fuel display (Y page 149) C 6 Fuel level (Y page 149) D Transmission display Vehicles with manual transmission: ¿ Standard display

Z 154 Menus and submenus

Vehicles with automatic transmission: Odometer menu h Standard display with drive program or = Gear indicator (manual mode) u Gearshift recommendation (Y page 122) S Transmission malfunction (Y page 183) Example: distance E V Cruise control (Y page 139) È Limiter X To show: press the 9 or : button on the steering wheel to select the trip meter display. Menus and submenus The display shows trip meter : and total distance recorder ;. Menu overview X To reset the data: press the a button The arrangement of the menus and displays on the steering wheel. >> On-board computer and displays. can be envisaged as a circle. X Press the 9 or : button to select At the menu level, a segment display is yes and press the a button to confirm. shown on the right side of the display to The trip meter is reset. help navigation. The segment marked corresponds with the list position of the menu You can change the unit for the trip meter in the following list. For long lists within in the Display submenu (Y page 159). the menus and submenus, a scroll bar on the right side of the display serves to assist orientation. Trip computer menu "From start" or "From reset" Operating the on-board computer (Y page 153). Depending on the vehicle equipment, you can call up the following menus one after the other:

RDistance menu (Y page 154) Rfrom start trip computer menu (Y page 154) Example: trip computer "From start" Rfrom reset trip computer menu : Elapsed time (Y page 154) ; Distance Reco score from start menu = Average speed (Y page 155) ? Average fuel consumption RFuel consumption menu ( page 156) Y X To display: press the 9 or : button RCoolant temperature menu on the steering wheel to select the from (Y page 156) start or from reset trip computer RMessages and service menu menu. (Y page 156) If you reset the data in the from start trip RSettings menu (Y page 157) computer, the eco score display in the on- Menus and submenus 155 board computer is also reset automatically eco score from start menu (Y page 155). Vehicles with a smart Media-System: if you reset the data in the from reset trip computer, the eco score display in the smart Media-System will also be reset automatically (see the separate operating instructions).

X To reset the data: press the a button eco score display (vehicles with manual trans- on the steering wheel. mission)

X Press the 9 or : button to select yes and press the a button to confirm. The display shows the trip computer and the data shown is reset. The average speed and average fuel consumption are only displayed again once a

distance of approx. 400 m has been cov- >> On-board computer and displays. eco score display (vehicles with automatic ered. transmission) The data in the trip computer from start X To display: press the 9 or : button menu refers to the start of the journey. The on the steering wheel to select the eco data in the from reset trip computer sub- score from start menu. menu refers to the last time the submenu was reset. If you reset the data in the eco score display, then the data in the from start trip The from start trip computer is automat- computer is also reset automatically ically reset when: (Y page 154). Rthe ignition has been switched off for more than 4 hours. X To reset the data: press the a button on the steering wheel. R999 hours have been exceeded. X Press the 9 or : button to select R9,999 kilometres have been exceeded. yes and press the a button to confirm. The from reset trip computer is automat- The display shows the eco score display ically reset if the value exceeds and the data shown is reset. 9,999 hours or 99,999 kilometres. The percentage count in the eco score The unit of distance for the journey, speed display only reappears once a distance and consumption information can be of approx. 400 m has been covered. changed in the Display submenu ( page 159). If the ignition remains switched off for Y longer than 4 hours, the eco score display in the on-board computer will be automatically reset. For further information on the eco score display, see (Y page 134).

Z 156 Menus and submenus

Fuel consumption menu X Press the 9 or : button on the steering wheel to select the coolant temperature display. The display shows the current coolant temperature as a bar in the range between 50 and 110 †. If the coolant temperature rises above 110 †, then the display shows a display Example: fuel consumption message (Y page 175). Observe the display message. You could otherwise dam- Press the or button on the X 9 : age the engine. steering wheel to select the display of current fuel consumption. You can change the temperature unit in the Display submenu ( page 160). The display shows the fuel consumption Y over the previous 15 minutes as a bar chart. The display additionally shows the current Messages and service menu fuel consumption as a numeric value in the >> On-board computer and displays. upper right section of the display. When the vehicle is stationary or up to a speed of approximately 5 km/h, the display shows the current fuel consumption as a numeric value in l/h. If you have changed the unit of measurement for distance to Miles, the display shows two dashes. Example: messages and service If you switch off the ignition, or change the distance unit, the fuel consumption data is If you have hidden display messages these deleted automatically. are saved in the message memory. The menu shows the number of display messages in You can change the distance unit in the message memory : and next service due Display submenu (Y page 159). date ; (Y page 211). The message memory can only be called up when the ignition is Coolant temperature menu switched on. Press the 9 or : button on the Under normal operating conditions and X steering wheel to select the Messages with the specified coolant level, the cool- and service menu. ant temperature may rise to 110 †. The display shows the number of display messages in the message memory and the next service due date. If there are no display messages, then the value in brackets is 0 and the information on the a button is hidden. X To show display messages: press the a Example: coolant temperature button on the steering wheel. The lower area on the right of the display shows the display message, its list num- Menus and submenus 157

ber and then number of display messages For vehicles with a smart media system, in the message memory. the time is set using the smart media

X Press 9 to scroll through the display system. messages in the message memory. - Setting the time and the time format Pressing : only allows you to scroll (12/24 h) back to messages which have already been RDisplay submenu (Y page 158) read. - Adjusting the instrument cluster If you scroll back from the first display lighting message using :, the Messages and - Shows and sets the digital speedometer service menu will again be shown in the - Setting the units for distance and tem- display. Existing display messages are perature not shown. RAmbient lighting submenu (Y page 160) Settings menu - Setting and switching the ambient lighting on/off Introduction RTyre pressure monitor submenu >> On-board computer and displays. - Restarts the tyre pressure monitor (Y page 246) RLanguage (Language) submenu (Y page 160) - Setting the menu language The Settings menu and some submenus also show the back function. In the Settings menu, as well as in its submenus, a navigation bar is also shown at the If the back function is shown, you have to top of the display field. The navigation bar select the function to leave the menu. serves for quick orientation and shows the X Press the 9 or : button on the navigation path to the current selection steering wheel to select the back func- shown in the display (submenu/function). tion and press a on the steering wheel The selection shown in the display is high- to confirm. lighted in the navigation path. You quit the menu and the display shows Depending on the vehicle equipment, you the next higher menu level. can call up the following submenus in the i If you press and hold 9 or :, you Settings menu: change directly to the back function. RTime submenu (Y page 157) Time submenu

Introduction This submenu is not available on vehicles with a smart media system. You set the time using the smart media system. The Time submenu offers the following options: Rsetting the time Rsetting the time format (12/24 h)

Z 158 Menus and submenus

X To leave the submenu: press the 9 Display submenu or : button on the steering wheel to select the back function and press a Introduction on the steering wheel to confirm. In the Display submenu, you can call up the The display shows the Settings menu. following submenus: R submenu i If you press and hold 9 or :, you Display/switch brightness ( page 158) change directly to the back function. Y - Adjusting the instrument cluster Setting the time lighting X Press the 9 or : button on the RDigital speedometer submenu, see steering wheel to select the Settings (Y page 159) menu and press a on the steering - Shows and sets the digital speedometer wheel to confirm. RUnits of distance submenu X Press the 9 or : button to select (Y page 159) the submenu and confirm with . Time a - Setting the units of distance Press the or button to select X 9 : RUnits of temperature submenu >> On-board computer and displays. Set the time and press the a button ( page 160) to confirm. Y - Setting the units of temperature X Press the 9 or : button to set the To leave the submenu: press the 9 hour and confirm with a. X or : button on the steering wheel to Press the or button to set the X 9 : select the back function and press a minutes and confirm with a. on the steering wheel to confirm. The time is set and the display shows the The display shows the Settings menu. Time submenu. i If you press and hold 9 or :, you i If you are setting the time and keep the change directly to the back function. 9 or : button depressed, then the numerical value changes continuously. Adjusting the instrument cluster lighting Instrument cluster lighting includes illu- Setting the time format (12/24 h) mination of the instrument cluster, the X Press the 9 or : button on the additional instruments on the dashboard, steering wheel to select the Settings the displays and the controls. menu and press a on the steering You can set the brightness of the instru- wheel to confirm. ment cluster to different levels with the

X Press the 9 or : button to select Display/switch brightness function. the Time submenu and confirm with a. X Press the 9 or : button on the X Press 9 or : to select Time for‐ steering wheel to select the Settings mat (12/24 h) and confirm with a. menu and press a on the steering wheel to confirm. X Press 9 or : to select the desired time format 24 hour or 12 hour (am/pm) X Press the 9 or : button to select and confirm with a. the Display submenu and confirm with The time format is accepted and the dis- a. play shows the Time submenu. X Press the 9 or : button to select Display/switch brightness and press the a button to confirm. Menus and submenus 159

X Press the 9 or : button to set the X To leave the submenu: press the 9 brightness level. Level 1 corresponds to or : button to select the back func- dimmed instrument lighting and level 5 tion and confirm with a. to bright instrument lighting. The display shows the Display submenu. With the selection during night-time i If you press and hold 9 or :, you driving, the instrument cluster bright- change directly to the back function. ness level is set at the same time.

X Press the a button to confirm the set- Setting the unit of measurement for dis- ting. tance The instrument lighting is set and the If you change the unit of measurement for display shows the Display submenu. distance, the values in the: Rtrip computer "From start" or "From Digital speedometer submenu reset" (Y page 154) In the Digital speedometer submenu you Reco score from start (Y page 155) have the following options: Rfuel consumption (Y page 156) Rshowing/hiding the digital speedometer menus are also reset automatically.

Rsetting the unit for speed in the digital >> On-board computer and displays. You can only set the unit of measurement for speedometer distance when the vehicle is stationary. To call up the submenu: press the 9 X Press the or button on the or : button on the steering wheel to X 9 : steering wheel to select the Settings select the Settings menu and press a menu and press on the steering on the steering wheel to confirm. a wheel to confirm. Press the 9 or : button to select X Press the or button to select the Display submenu and confirm with X 9 : the Display submenu and confirm with a. a. Press the 9 or : button to select X Press the or button to select the Digital speedometer submenu and X 9 : Units of distance and press the confirm with a. a button to confirm. To show/hide the digital speedometer: X X Press the 9 or : button to select press the 9 or : button to select Kilometres or Miles as the unit of meas- the On function. urement for distance and press a to X Activate or deactivate the On function by confirm. pressing the a button. The display shows the Display submenu. When the function is highlighted, it is The selected unit of measurement for dis- activated and the display shows the dig- tance applies as the basis for: ital speedometer (Y page 153). Rthe trip computer X To set the unit of speed: press the 9 or : button to select Unit and press Rthe service display the a button to confirm. Rthe fuel consumption display X Press the 9 or : button to select Rthe total distance recorder and the trip the unit of speed km/h or mph and confirm meter display with a. Rthe speed display for cruise control and The display shows the Digital speed‐ the limiter ometer submenu.

Z 160 Menus and submenus

Setting the temperature unit X Press the 9 or : button to select You can switch the display of the outside the On function. temperature and the coolant temperature X Activate or deactivate the On function by between † and ‡. pressing the a button. When the function is highlighted it is X Press the 9 or : button on the steering wheel to select the Settings activated and the ambient lighting is menu and press a on the steering switched on. wheel to confirm. Setting the brightness Press the or button to select X 9 : You can set the brightness of the ambient the Display submenu and confirm with lighting to different levels. a. Press the 9 or : button on the Press the 9 or : button to select X X steering wheel to select the Settings Units of temperature and press the menu and press a on the steering a button to confirm. wheel to confirm. Press the 9 or : button to select X Press the 9 or : button to select the unit of temperature °C or °F and con- X >> On-board computer and displays. the Ambient lighting submenu and confirm with a. firm by pressing the a button. The display shows the Display submenu. You will see the selected setting. Press the 9 or : button to select Ambient lighting submenu X Brightness and press the a button to Introduction confirm. In the Ambient lighting submenu you have X Press the 9 or : button to set the the following options: brightness level. Level 1 corresponds to dimmed ambient lighting and level 5 to Rswitching the ambient lighting on/off bright ambient lighting. Rsetting the brightness of the ambient With the selection, the ambient lighting lighting to different levels brightness level is set at the same time. To leave the submenu: press the 9 X X Press the a button to save the setting. or : button on the steering wheel to The brightness of the ambient lighting select the back function and press a is set and the display shows the Ambient on the steering wheel to confirm. lighting submenu. The display shows the Settings menu. i If you press and hold 9 or :, you Language submenu change directly to the back function. X Press the 9 or : button on the Switching the ambient lighting on/off steering wheel to select the Settings X Press the 9 or : button on the menu and press a on the steering steering wheel to select the Settings wheel to confirm. menu and press a on the steering X Use 9 or : to select the Language wheel to confirm. (Language) submenu and confirm with X Press the 9 or : button to select a. the Ambient lighting submenu and con- X Press the 9 or : button to select firm by pressing the a button. the desired language for the displays and messages and confirm with a. Menus and submenus 161

X Press the 9 or : button on the steering wheel to select the back function and press a on the steering wheel to confirm. The display shows the Settings menu in the selected language. i If you press and hold 9 or :, you change directly to the back function. >> On-board computer and displays.

Z 162 Display messages (on-board computer with monochrome display)

Display messages (on-board computer with monochrome display) Introduction Warnings, malfunctions or additional information are shown in the monochrome display as symbols. For certain display messages a warning tone also sounds. Display messages with graphic symbols are simplified in the Owner's Manual and may differ from the symbols in the display. Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in this Owner's Manual. The cause of a display message should be remedied as soon as possible.

Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The symbol lights up.

>> On-board computer and displays. b The brake lights are not functioning. The actuation or the bulbs or LEDs are faulty.

G WARNING Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety. The brake lamps are not functioning and are no longer working when braking. There is a risk of an accident.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Vehicles with manual transmission only: letter N flashes in the A middle of the display. You are trying to start the engine, a gear is engaged and the clutch pedal is not fully depressed. To start the engine:

X Engage neutral. (Y page 121) or

X Depress the clutch pedal fully. If the engine fails to start despite the clutch pedal being fully depressed, then the clutch sensor is malfunctioning.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Display messages (on-board computer with monochrome display) 163

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Only for vehicles with automatic transmission: the letter N flashes in the middle of the display if you try to shift to P. A warning tone also sounds. The parking lock is malfunctioning.

X Apply the parking brake to park.

or Vehicles with automatic transmission only: P or N flash alter- A B nately in the middle of the display. You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission in position D or R.

X Shift to P or N to start.

or / Vehicles with automatic transmission only: N flashes alter- A 7 nately with the currently selected transmission position in

C the middle of the display. >> On-board computer and displays. The engine switches off while the vehicle is in motion.

X Shift to N to start.

Vehicles with automatic transmission only: B flashes for 15 ì seconds in the middle of the display. You have tried to start the engine in transmission position N without depressing the brake pedal.

X Depress the brake pedal.

or / Vehicles with automatic transmission only: P flashes alter- B 7 nately with the currently selected transmission position. A C,A warning tone also sounds. The driver's door is open/not fully closed and the gear lever is in position R, N or D.

G WARNING The vehicle may roll away. There is a risk of an accident.

X Shift the selector lever to position P. X Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away. X Fully close the driver's door.

Z 164 Display messages (on-board computer with monochrome display)

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Vehicles with manual transmission only: the transmission S display shows three lines. The transmission electronics are malfunctioning or the neutral gate switch is faulty. The Start/Stop function and cruise control are deactivated automatically. Starting the engine is only possible with the clutch pedal fully depressed.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Vehicles with automatic transmission only: the transmission S display shows three lines. The automatic transmission is malfunctioning.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. >> On-board computer and displays.

or / Vehicles with automatic transmission only: S flashes S B alternately with the currently selected transmission position. 7/C/ The automatic transmission clutch has overheated. You will A feel the clutch pedal pulsate. X Initially try to avoid pulling away or crawling manoeuvres. If the display message disappears, automatic transmission is available again.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away. X Wait until the automatic transmission has cooled down and the display message does not reappear after acknowledging it. Display messages (on-board computer with monochrome display) 165

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The symbol flashes for a maximum of 5 seconds and in addition ¤ a warning tone sounds. Lane Keeping Assist warning You are crossing a detected outer lane marking without indicating.

X Remain in lane, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. or

X Indicate to change lane.

The symbol flashes for about 3 seconds and in addition a warn- Ã ing tone sounds. The symbol is then hidden. Lane Keeping Assist is malfunctioning and deactivated. Pos- sible causes: >> On-board computer and displays. Rthe windscreen is dirty in the camera's field of vision. Rvisibility is impaired due to heavy rain, snow or fog. Rthere are no lane markings for a longer period. Rthe lane markings are worn, dark or covered, e.g. by dirt or snow. Rthe system electronics are faulty. Lane Keeping Assist is automatically operational again when the causes mentioned above no longer apply. If the windscreen is dirty:

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Clean the outside of the windscreen (Y page 214). If the windscreen is clean and the causes listed above do not apply, then the electronics are malfunctioning.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop. The symbols flash for about 5 seconds. The symbols then both

°h remain lit.

The tyre pressure monitor is restarted (Y page 246). È The symbol lights up without the speed display. The limiter has been activated without a speed being entered or has been cancelled.

X Set a limit speed .

Z 166 Display messages (on-board computer with monochrome display)

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The symbol flashes for about 10 seconds and is then hidden. A È warning tone also sounds. The limiter is malfunctioning and deactivated automatically.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop. The symbol lights up and the speed display flashes. A warning È tone also sounds. The vehicle is exceeding the set limit speed.

X If required, brake the vehicle paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

The symbol flashes for about 10 seconds and is then hidden. A V warning tone also sounds. In addition the \ door warning lamp and other warning

>> On-board computer and displays. lamps, e.g. ÷, light up. The central vehicle electronics system and cruise control are malfunctioning. After the engine is switched off: Rdo not lock/unlock the doors using the remote control function of the key. Ryou can no longer start the engine

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. V The symbol lights up without the speed display. Cruise control has been activated without a speed being entered or has been cancelled.

X Set a speed (Y page 139). Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 167

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The symbol flashes for about 10 seconds and is then hidden. A V warning tone also sounds. Cruise control is malfunctioning and deactivated automatically.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

The outside temperature has fallen to 3 † or lower. The symbol Ò flashes for about 1 minute. The road surface may be icy. If the outside temperature falls to a level under -3 †, the symbol does not flash but rather remains on continuously.

X Observe the information on the outside temperature display (Y page 149). X Adapt your driving style and speed to suit the weather conditions. >> On-board computer and displays.

Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) Introduction Display messages with graphic symbols are simplified in the Owner's Manual and may differ from the symbols in the display. The display shows high-priority messages in red. For certain display messages a warning tone also sounds. Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in this Owner's Manual. You can use the a button on the multifunction steering wheel to hide low-priority messages. The display messages are stored in the message memory and can be called up as for as long as the ignition remains switched on (Y page 156). When the ignition is turned off, the message memory is deleted and no display messages are stored. The cause of a display message should be remedied as soon as possible. High-priority display messages cannot be hidden. The multifunction display shows these messages continuously until the causes for the messages have been remedied.

Z 168 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)

Safety systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions 6 The restraint system is faulty. Malfunction Visit G WARNING workshop The airbags or belt tensioners may either be triggered unintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not be triggered. This poses an increased risk of injury.

X Drive on carefully. X Have the restraint system checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately. For further information about the restraint system, see (Y page 38).

>> On-board computer and displays. Electronics mal‐ In addition, the ÷, ! and J warning lamps light up in function Stop See the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds. Owner's Manual abs (Anti-lock Brake System) and esp® (Electronic Stability Program) are malfunctioning. This means that crosswind assist and hill start assist, for example, are also unavailable. Further driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING The brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above. The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard, for example. The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase. If esp® is not operational, esp® is unable to stabilise the vehicle. The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. J You are driving with the parking brake applied. Release the parking brake. Release parking X brake Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 169

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Brake force distri‐ In addition, the J warning lamp in the instrument cluster bution inoperative lights up and a warning tone sounds. Stop See Owner's EBD is malfunctioning. This means that abs, esp®, crosswind Manual assist and hill start assist, for example, are also unavailable. Further driving systems could be switched off automatically.

vehicle. >> On-board computer and displays. The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. J There is insufficient brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir. Check brake fluid G WARNING level The braking efficiency may be impaired. There is a risk of an accident.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Do not top up the brake fluid. This does not correct the malfunction.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Z 170 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ! abs is malfunctioning. This means that esp®, crosswind assist and hill start assist, for example, are also unavailable. System inoperative Further driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING The brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard, for example. The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase. If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilise the vehicle. The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

>> On-board computer and displays. X Drive on carefully. X Visit a qualified specialist workshop. If the abs control unit is faulty, there is also a possibility that other systems may be unavailable. Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 171

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ÷ ESP® is not available due to a malfunction. This means that crosswind assist and hill start assist, for System inoperative example, are also unavailable. Further driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING The brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase. The brake lamps may not be functioning and thus no longer working when braking. If esp® is not operational, esp® is unable to stabilise the vehicle.

The danger of skidding and having an accident increases. >> On-board computer and displays.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Check that the brake lamps are working. If the brake lamps are not working:

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. If the brake lamps are working:

X Drive on carefully. X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Hill start assist The ÷ warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus- inoperative ter. Hill start assist is malfunctioning. If you release the brake, your vehicle will not be held automatically when pulling away uphill and may roll away immediately. Further driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING The brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above. If esp® is not operational, esp® is unable to stabilise the vehicle. The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Drive on carefully. X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Z 172 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The distance warning function is temporarily inoperative. ^ Possible causes: Distance warning Rthe smart logo in the radiator trim is dirty. inoperative Rthe function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow. Rthe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations or other sources of electromagnetic radiation. Rthe system is outside the operating temperature range. Rthe on-board voltage is too low. Once the causes listed above no longer apply, the display message goes out. The distance warning function is operational again. If the display message does not disappear:

>> On-board computer and displays. X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Clean the smart logo in the radiator trim (Y page 215). X Restart the engine. Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 173

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The distance warning function is malfunctioning or tempora- ^ rily inoperative. Possible causes: Electronics mal‐ Rthe smart logo in the radiator trim is dirty. function Visit workshop Rthe function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow. Rthe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations or other sources of electromagnetic radiation. Rthe system is outside the operating temperature range. Rthe on-board voltage is too low. If the causes listed above no longer apply, the distance warning function is operational again. If the display message continues to light up, the electronics of the distance warning function are malfunctioning.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop. >> On-board computer and displays.

The outside temperature has fallen to 3 † or lower. The road Ò surface may be icy. Black ice warning If the outside temperature sinks below -3 †, the colour display only shows the Ò symbol beside the outside temperature display.

X Observe the information on the outside temperature display (Y page 149). X Adapt your driving style and speed to suit the weather conditions.

Engine

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The engine is running in emergency mode. For example, the ; fuel injection may be faulty. Reduced power See Drive on carefully. Owner's Manual X X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately. í The battery monitoring is malfunctioning. Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Malfunction Visit X workshop

Z 174 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions í The battery is not being charged. Possible causes: Stop See Owner's Manual Rfaulty alternator Rtorn poly-V-belt Ra malfunction in the electronics

X Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road and traffic conditions, and switch off the engine. ! Do not continue driving. The engine could otherwise overheat.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. The oil pressure is too low. There is a risk of engine damage.

>> On-board computer and displays. 5 Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road and Stop Switch off X traffic conditions, and switch off the engine. engine X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Check the oil level (Y page 207). X If necessary, top up the engine oil (Y page 207). Information on approved engine oils can also be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop. Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 175

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The coolant temperature has exceeded 110 †. The airflow to the ? engine radiator may be blocked or the coolant level may be too Stop Switch off low. engine G WARNING The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be damaged. Never drive with an overheated engine. Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire. Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns, which can occur just by opening the engine compartment cover. There is a risk of injury.

X Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road and

traffic conditions, and switch off the engine. >> On-board computer and displays.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine has cooled down.

X Check the coolant level and top up the coolant. Observe the notes as you do so (Y page 264). X If you have to top up the coolant frequently, have the engine cooling system checked.

X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked, e.g. by frozen slush.

X Do not start the engine again until the coolant temperature is below 110 †. The engine may otherwise be damaged. Avoid heavy loads on the engine as you do so, e.g. driving in mountainous terrain and stop-start traffic. 6 The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range. Refuel at the nearest filling station. Low fuel level X

Z 176 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)

Driving systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The Ã symbol in the top bar of the display also flashes white Ã for approximately 3 seconds and a warning tone sounds. The Lane Keeping symbol is then hidden. Assist inoperative Lane Keeping Assist is malfunctioning and deactivated. Pos- sible causes: Rthe windscreen is dirty in the camera's field of vision. Rvisibility is impaired due to heavy rain, snow or fog. Rthere are no lane markings for a longer period. Rthe lane markings are worn, dark or covered, e.g. by dirt or snow. Rthe system electronics are faulty. Lane Keeping Assist is automatically operational again when >> On-board computer and displays. the causes mentioned above no longer apply. If the windscreen is dirty:

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

The symbol in the top bar of the display flashes green for a Ã maximum of 5 seconds and a warning tone sounds. Lane Keeping Assist warning You are crossing a detected outer lane marking without indicating.

X Remain in lane, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. or

X Indicate to change lane. For further information about Lane Keeping Assist, see (Y page 145). The È symbol in the display footer also flashes for approx- È imately 10 seconds and a warning tone sounds. The symbol is Limiter inopera‐ then hidden. tive The limiter is malfunctioning and deactivated automatically.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 177

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The symbol in the footer of the display is lit and the speed È display flashes. A warning tone also sounds. The vehicle is exceeding the set limit speed.

X If required, brake the vehicle paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

The symbol in the footer of the display is lit without a speed È display. The limiter has been activated without a speed being entered or has been cancelled.

X Set a limit speed .

The V symbol in the display footer also flashes for approx- V imately 10 seconds and a warning tone sounds. The symbol is Cruise control then hidden. >> On-board computer and displays. inoperative Cruise control is malfunctioning and deactivated automatically.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

The symbol in the footer of the display is lit without a speed V display. Cruise control has been activated without a speed being entered or has been cancelled.

X Set a speed (Y page 139).

Z 178 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)

Tyres

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions h The tyre pressure in one or more tyres has dropped suddenly. Tyre pressure Cau‐ G WARNING tion tyre malfunc‐ If you drive with a flat tyre, there is a risk of the following tion hazards: Ra flat tyre affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle. Ryou could lose control of the vehicle Rcontinued driving with a flat tyre will cause excessive heat build-up and possibly a fire. There is a risk of an accident.

X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking manoeuvres. Pay attention to the traffic conditions

>> On-board computer and displays. as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Check the tyres and, if necessary, follow the instructions for a flat tyre (Y page 221). The tyre pressure monitor is malfunctioning or was not restar- h ted after a wheel change. Tyre pressure mon‐ itor inoperative G WARNING The system is possibly unable to recognise or register low tyre pressure. There is a risk of an accident.

X Restart the tyre pressure monitor after a wheel change (Y page 246) The tyre pressure monitor is activated automatically after driving for a few minutes. If the display message continues to be displayed:

X Drive on carefully. X Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 179

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions There is no signal from the tyre pressure sensor of one or sev- h eral wheels, or the wheels fitted do not have suitable tyre Tyre pressure mon‐ pressure sensors. The tyre pressure monitor was not restarted itor inoperative after a wheel change. wheel sensors miss‐ ing G WARNING The system is possibly unable to recognise or register low tyre pressure. There is a risk of an accident.

X Have the faulty tyre pressure sensor replaced at a qualified specialist workshop. or

X Fit wheels with suitable tyre pressure sensors. or

X Restart the tyre pressure monitor after a wheel change >> On-board computer and displays. (Y page 246) The tyre pressure monitor is activated automatically after driving for a few minutes. If the display message continues to be displayed:

X Drive on carefully. X Visit a qualified specialist workshop. The tyre pressure is too low in at least one of the tyres, or the h tyre pressure difference between the wheels is too great. Correct tyre pres‐ Check the tyre pressures at the next opportunity sure X (Y page 245). X If necessary, correct the tyre pressure. X Restart the tyre pressure monitor (Y page 246).

Z 180 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)

Vehicle

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The brake lights are not functioning. The actuation or the b bulbs/LEDs are faulty. Brake lamps inoper‐ ative G WARNING Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety. The brake lamps are not functioning and are no longer working when braking. There is a risk of an accident.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle from rolling away (Y page 132). X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

>> On-board computer and displays. Switch off lights The lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle. A warning tone also sounds.

X Turn the light switch to Ã or $. \ A door or the tailgate is open. A warning tone also sounds. The display shows the open doors/tailgate. (Example of all doors and tailgate open) X Pull over paying attention to road and traffic conditions and stop the vehicle, then close the doors and tailgate. D The power steering assistance is faulty. Steering malfunc‐ G WARNING tion See Owner's You will need to use more force to steer. Manual There is a risk of an accident.

X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required. X If you are able to steer safely: carefully drive on to a qualified specialist workshop.

X If you are unable to steer safely: do not drive on. Contact the nearest qualified specialist workshop.

The power steering assistance may be malfunctioning. You may D need to use more force to steer. Electronics mal‐ Drive on carefully to a qualified specialist workshop and function See Own‐ X have the steering checked immediately. er's Manual The automatic Start/Stop function is malfunctioning and will ç be switched off. Malfunction See Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Owner's Manual X Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 181

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The vehicle is in automatic engine stop. You have opened the è driver's door or released the seat belt and the key is in the When exiting: ignition lock. remove key X The engine will not start automatically. X Please take note of the conditions for the automatic engine stop/engine start (Y page 118). Vehicles with manual transmission only: you have stalled the è engine when pulling away or when stopping. Depress clutch to Depress the clutch pedal fully. start engine X The engine starts automatically.

Vehicles with manual transmission only: you have stalled the è engine when pulling away or when stopping and the clutch sen- Engage neutral to sor is inoperative. start engine >> On-board computer and displays. X Engage neutral (Y page 121). The engine starts automatically.

To start engine: Vehicles with manual transmission only: you are trying to start shift to neutral the engine, a gear is engaged and the clutch pedal is not fully or depress clutch depressed. To start the engine:

X Engage neutral. (Y page 121) or

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.

To start engine: Vehicles with manual transmission only: the clutch sensor is shift to neutral malfunctioning. You are trying to start the engine, a gear is engaged and the clutch pedal is fully depressed.

X To start the engine, engage neutral. (Y page 121) X Visit a qualified specialist workshop. A Only for vehicles with automatic transmission: the letter N flashes in the middle of the display if you try to shift to P. A Parking brake mal‐ warning tone also sounds. function Apply The parking lock is malfunctioning. parking brake to park X Apply the parking brake to park.

Z 182 Display messages (on-board computer with colour display)

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Shift to P or N to Vehicles with automatic transmission only: the currently start selected transmission position is shown in the middle of the display. You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission in position D or R.

X Shift to P or N to start.

Shift to N to Vehicles with automatic transmission only: the currently start. selected transmission position is shown in the middle of the display. The engine switches off while the vehicle is in motion.

X Shift to N to start. A Vehicles with automatic transmission only: N is shown in the

>> On-board computer and displays. middle of the display. Apply brakes to You have tried to start the engine in transmission position N start without depressing the brake pedal.

X Depress the brake pedal.

Risk of vehicle Vehicles with automatic transmission only: a warning tone rolling Transmis‐ also sounds. sion not in P The driver's door is open/not fully closed and the gear lever is in position R, N or D.

G WARNING The vehicle may roll away. There is a risk of an accident.

X Shift the selector lever to position P. X Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away. X Fully close the driver's door. S Vehicles with automatic transmission only: S is shown. The automatic transmission is malfunctioning. Transmission mal‐ function Visit X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. workshop

or / Vehicles with automatic transmission only: S flashes S B alternately with the currently selected transmission position. 7/C/ The automatic transmission clutch has overheated. You will A feel the clutch pedal pulsate. Initially try to avoid pulling away or crawling manoeuvres. Clutch protection X If the display message disappears, automatic transmission active See Owner's is available again. Manual Display messages (on-board computer with colour display) 183

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

or / Only for vehicles with automatic transmission: S flashes S B alternately with the currently selected transmission position. 7/C/ A warning tone also sounds. Further pulling away or crawling manoeuvres have led to a A critical clutch temperature. Transmission over‐ Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, heated See Owner's X paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Manual X Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away. X Wait until the automatic transmission has cooled down and the display message does not reappear after acknowledging it.

Electronics mal‐ In addition the \ door warning lamp and other warning function Visit lamps, e.g. ÷, light up. workshop The central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning. >> On-board computer and displays. After the engine is switched off: Rdo not lock/unlock the doors using the remote control function of the key. Ryou can no longer start the engine

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Electronics mal‐ The transmission electronics are malfunctioning or the neu- function Visit tral gate switch is faulty. workshop The Start/Stop function and cruise control are deactivated automatically. Starting the engine is only possible with the clutch pedal fully depressed.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Rain/light sensor The rain/light sensor is malfunctioning. inoperative Automatic headlamp mode and automatic intermittent wipe are not available.

X Switch on exterior lighting manually if required (Y page 87). X Switch the windscreen wipers on or off manually as required (Y page 95). X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Z 184 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Safety Seat belts

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ü The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front Only for certain coun- passenger to fasten their seat belts. An additional warning tries: the red seat tone will sound if the driver's seat belt is not fastened.

belt warning lamp X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 40). lights up for six sec- The warning tone ceases. onds after the engine starts. ü The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt.

After starting the X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 40). >> On-board computer and displays. engine, the red seat The warning lamp goes out. belt warning lamp lights up. ü The driver or passenger has not fastened their seat belt. At the The red seat belt same time, you are driving faster than 20 km/h or have briefly warning lamp flashes driven faster than 20 km/h.

and a warning tone X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 40). sounds. The warning lamp goes out and the warning tone ceases. Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 185

Safety systems

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions 6 The restraint system is faulty. The red restraint sys- WARNING tem warning lamp is G lit while the engine is The airbags or belt tensioners may either be triggered unin- running. tentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not be triggered. This poses an increased risk of injury.

X Drive on carefully. X Have the restraint system checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately. For further information about the restraint system, see (Y page 38).

J ÷ ! ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) and esp® (Electronic Stability >> On-board computer and displays. The red brake system Program) are malfunctioning. This means that crosswind assist warning lamp, the yel- and hill start assist, for example, are also unavailable. low esp® warning lamp Further driving systems could be switched off automatically. and the yellow ABS WARNING warning lamp light up G while the engine is The brake system continues to function normally, but without running. the functions listed above. The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard, for example. The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase. If esp® is not operational, esp® is unable to stabilise the vehicle. The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

J You are driving with the parking brake applied.

The red brake system X Release the parking brake. warning lamp comes on The warning lamp goes out and the warning tone ceases. while the vehicle is moving. A warning tone also sounds.

Z 186 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions J There is insufficient brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir. The red brake system WARNING warning lamp comes on G while the engine is The braking efficiency may be impaired. running. A warning There is a risk of an accident.

tone also sounds. X Vehicles with a colour display: observe the additional display messages.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Do not top up the brake fluid. Topping up will not rectify the fault.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. >> On-board computer and displays. J EBD (electronic brake force distribution) is malfunctioning. The red brake system This means that ABS, esp®, crosswind assist and hill start warning lamp comes on assist, for example, are also unavailable. while the engine is Further driving systems could be switched off automatically. running. A warning tone also sounds. G WARNING The brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock early if you brake hard, for example. The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase. If esp® is not operational, esp® is unable to stabilise the vehicle. The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 187

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ! ABS is malfunctioning. This means that esp®, crosswind assist The yellow ABS warn- and hill start assist, for example, are also unavailable. ing lamp is lit while Further driving systems could be switched off automatically. the engine is running. G WARNING The brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard, for example. The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase. If esp® is not operational, esp® is unable to stabilise the vehicle. The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Drive on carefully. >> On-board computer and displays. X Visit a qualified specialist workshop. If the ABS control unit is faulty, there is also a possibility that other systems may be unavailable.

÷ The central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning. The yellow esp® warn- After the engine is switched off: ing lamp is on when Rdo not lock/unlock the doors using the remote control func- you are driving. tion of the key. In addition, the \ Ryou can no longer start the engine door warning lamp and Vehicles with a colour display: observe the additional dis- other warning lamps, X play messages. e.g. h, light up. X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

÷ esp® or traction control has intervened because there is a risk The yellow esp® warn- of skidding or at least one wheel has started to spin. ing lamp flashes while Cruise control is automatically deactivated. the vehicle is in X Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when motion. pulling away.

X Accelerate more gently while the vehicle is in motion. X Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions.

Z 188 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ÷ esp® is not available due to a malfunction. The yellow esp® warn- This means that crosswind assist and hill start assist, for ing lamp is lit while example, are also unavailable. the engine is running. Further driving systems could be switched off automatically.

>> On-board computer and displays. The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Vehicles with a colour display: observe the additional display messages.

X Check that the brake lamps are working. If the brake lamps are not working:

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. If the brake lamps are working:

X Drive on carefully. X Visit a qualified specialist workshop. ^ The central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning. The yellow distance After the engine is switched off: warning function Rdo not lock/unlock the doors using the remote control func- warning lamp comes on tion of the key. while the vehicle is Ryou can no longer start the engine moving. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, In addition the \ X door warning lamp and paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con- other warning lamps, tinue driving under any circumstances. e.g. ÷, light up. X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 189

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ^ The distance warning function is malfunctioning or tempora- The yellow distance rily inoperative. Possible causes: warning function Rthe smart logo in the radiator trim is dirty. warning lamp comes on Rthe function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow. while the vehicle is Rthe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due moving. to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations or other sources of electromagnetic radiation. Rthe system is outside the operating temperature range. Rthe on-board voltage is too low. If the causes listed above no longer apply, the distance warning function is operational again. If the distance warning lamp continues to light up, the distance warning function electronics are malfunctioning.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop. >> On-board computer and displays. · You are approaching a vehicle or a stationary obstacle in your The red distance line of travel at too high a speed. warning lamp lights X Be prepared to brake immediately. up while the vehicle X Pay careful attention to the traffic situation. You may have to is in motion. A warn- brake or take evasive action. ing tone also sounds. Further information on the distance warning function (Y page 60). · The distance to the vehicle in front is too small for the speed The red distance selected. warning lamp lights X Increase the distance. up while the vehicle is in motion.

Z 190 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster

Engine

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ; The ignition system is malfunctioning. The engine is misfir- The yellow engine ing, for example, which means the catalytic converter could diagnostics warning become damaged. lamp flashes while the X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately. engine is running. ; The engine is running in emergency mode. This may lead to a The yellow engine malfunctioning of the fuel injection system, for example. diagnostics warning X Drive on carefully. lamp lights up while X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately. the engine is running. The engine power output is also reduced.

>> On-board computer and displays. ; There may be a fault, for example: The yellow engine Rin the engine management diagnostics warning Rin the exhaust system lamp lights up while Rin the fuel system the engine is running. Rwith the accelerator pedal sensor

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately. í The battery is not being charged. The red battery warn- Possible causes: ing lamp is lit while Rfaulty alternator the engine is running. Rthe battery is faulty A warning tone also sounds. Rtorn poly-V-belt Ra malfunction in the electronics

X Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road and traffic conditions, and switch off the engine. ! Do not continue driving. The engine could otherwise overheat.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 191

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions 5 The engine oil pressure is too low. There is a risk of engine The red oil pressure damage. indicator lamp is lit X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, while the engine is paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not con- running. A warning tinue driving under any circumstances. tone also sounds. X Switch off the engine. X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Check the oil level (Y page 207). X If necessary, top up the engine oil (Y page 207). Information on approved engine oils can also be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop.

? The coolant temperature has exceeded 110 †. The airflow to the The red coolant tem- engine radiator may be blocked or the coolant level may be too perature warning low. >> On-board computer and displays. lamp comes on while WARNING the engine is running. G A warning tone also The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be dam- sounds. aged. Never drive with an overheated engine. Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire. Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns, which can occur just by opening the engine compartment cover. There is a risk of injury.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Switch off the engine. X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine has cooled down.

X Check the coolant level and top up the coolant. Observe the notes as you do so (Y page 264). X If you have to top up the coolant frequently, have the engine cooling system checked.

X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked, e.g. by frozen slush.

Z 192 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster

Tyres

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions h The central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning. You are driving and After the engine is switched off: the yellow tyre pres- Rdo not lock/unlock the doors using the remote control func- sure monitor warning tion of the key. lamp (pressure loss/ Ryou can no longer start the engine malfunction) is lit. observe the additional dis- In addition the \ X Vehicles with a colour display: door warning lamp and play messages. other warning lamps, X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, e.g. ÷, light up. paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. >> On-board computer and displays. h The tyre pressure in one or more tyres has dropped suddenly. You are driving and WARNING the yellow tyre pres- G sure monitor warning If you drive with a flat tyre, there is a risk of the following lamp (pressure loss/ hazards: malfunction) is lit. A Ra flat tyre affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle. warning tone also Ryou could lose control of the vehicle sounds. Rcontinued driving with a flat tyre will cause excessive heat build-up and possibly a fire. There is a risk of an accident.

X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking manoeuvres. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Check the tyres and, if necessary, follow the instructions for a flat tyre (Y page 221). Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 193

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions h There is no signal from the tyre pressure sensor of one or sev- The yellow tyre pres- eral wheels, or the wheels fitted do not have suitable tyre sure monitor warning pressure sensors. The tyre pressure monitor was not restarted lamp (pressure loss/ after a wheel change. malfunction) flashes WARNING for approximately G one minute and then The system is possibly unable to recognise or register low tyre remains lit. pressure. There is a risk of an accident.

X Vehicles with a colour display: observe the additional display messages.

X Have the faulty tyre pressure sensor replaced at a qualified specialist workshop. or

X Fit wheels with suitable tyre pressure sensors. >> On-board computer and displays. or

X Restart the tyre pressure monitor after a wheel change (Y page 246) The tyre pressure monitor is activated automatically after driving for a few minutes. If the yellow tyre pressure monitor warning lamp continues to remain on:

X Drive on carefully. X Visit a qualified specialist workshop. h The tyre pressure is too low in at least one of the tyres, or the You are driving and tyre pressure difference between the wheels is too great. the yellow tyre pres- X Check the tyre pressures at the next opportunity sure monitor warning (Y page 245). lamp (pressure loss/ X If necessary, correct the tyre pressure. malfunction) is lit. X Restart the tyre pressure monitor (Y page 246).

Z 194 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster

Vehicle

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions \ The central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning. The red door warning After the engine is switched off: lamp comes on while Rdo not lock/unlock the doors using the remote control func- the vehicle is moving. tion of the key. In addition, further Ryou can no longer start the engine warning lamps light up, such as ÷. X Vehicles with a colour display: observe the additional display messages.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Consult a qualified specialist workshop. >> On-board computer and displays. \ A door or the tailgate is open. If you are driving at speeds The red door warning above 20 km/h, an additional warning tone will sound. lamp is on. X Vehicles with a colour display: observe the additional display messages.

X Pull over at a suitable place and stop the vehicle safely, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 132). X Close all doors and the tailgate. D The power steering assistance is faulty. The yellow power WARNING steering warning G lamp is lit while the You may need to use more force to steer. engine is running. There is a risk of an accident.

X Vehicles with a colour display: observe the additional display messages.

X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required. X If you are able to steer safely: carefully drive on to a qualified specialist workshop.

X If you are unable to steer safely: do not drive on. Contact the nearest qualified specialist workshop. Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 195

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ç The automatic Start/Stop function is malfunctioning and will The yellow automatic be switched off. Start/Stop function X Visit a qualified specialist workshop. warning lamp is lit when the vehicle is stationary and while it is moving. ç Not all conditions for the automatic engine switch-off have The yellow automatic been met. Start/Stop function X Please take note of the conditions for automatic engine warning lamp only switch-off (Y page 118). lights up when the vehicle is stationary. è the vehicle is at a

Vehicles with manual transmission only: >> On-board computer and displays. The green automatic standstill. No stop preventers are active. The clutch pedal is start/stop system fully depressed. indicator lamp starts The engine is not switched off automatically. The flashing flashing when the indicator lamp is intended to remind you to activate the start/ vehicle is stationary stop function in order to save fuel. and the engine is run- X Shift to neutral and slowly release the clutch pedal. ning. (Y page 121). The engine is switched off automatically.

è The vehicle is in automatic engine stop. The driver's door has The green automatic been opened or the seatbelt removed while the ignition is Start/Stop function switched on. indicator lamp The engine will not start automatically. flashes during the X Vehicles with manual transmission: depress the clutch automatic engine pedal completely. switch-off. A warning Vehicles with automatic transmission: release the brake. tone also sounds. The engine starts automatically.

è Vehicles with manual transmission only: you have stalled the The green automatic engine when pulling away or when stopping. start/stop system X Depress the clutch pedal fully. indicator lamp starts The engine starts automatically. flashing and the engine is switched If the engine does not start automatically: off. X Engage neutral (Y page 121). The engine starts automatically.

Z 196 197

Useful information ...... 198 Stowage areas ...... 198 Features ...... 202 >> Stowing and features. 198 Stowage areas

Useful information Mounting a basic rack, a cycle rack or a ski/ snowboard rack on the rear of the vehicle i This Owner's Manual describes all mod- will change the axle load distribution as els, series and optional equipment for specified by the vehicle manufacturer. your vehicle that were available at the Read the operating instructions for the time of going to press. Country-specific individual accessories. differences are possible. Note that your The handling characteristics of a laden vehicle may not be fitted with all fea- vehicle are dependent on the distribution tures described. This is also the case for of the load within the vehicle. For this systems and functions relevant to safety. reason, you should observe the following notes when transporting a load: i Read the information on qualified spe- Rnever exceed the maximum permissible cialist workshops: (Y page 21). gross vehicle weight or the permissible axle loads for the vehicle (including Stowage areas occupants) Rthe load must not protrude above the Loading guidelines upper edge of the head restraints G WARNING Rensure that no items of luggage can enter If objects, luggage or loads are not secured the vehicle interior above or between the >> Stowing and features. or not secured sufficiently, they could front seats slip, tip over or be flung around and Rensure that loaded objects are stowed thereby hit vehicle occupants. There is a safely and are secured risk of injury, especially when braking or Rload heavy objects at the bottom and abruptly changing directions. light objects at the top Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around. Secure objects, luggage or loads against slipping or tipping before Stowage compartments the journey. Important safety notes WARNING G G WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous If you stow objects in the vehicle interior exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. If in an unsuitable way, they could slip or be the tailgate is open when the engine is thrown around and thus hit vehicle occu- running, particularly if the vehicle is pants. There is a risk of injury, especially moving, exhaust fumes could enter the in the case of heavy braking or a sudden passenger compartment. There is a risk of change in direction. poisoning. RAlways stow objects so they cannot be Turn off the engine before opening the thrown around in these or similar situa- tailgate. Never drive with the tailgate tions. open. RAlways ensure that objects do not pro- Your vehicle has not been approved by the trude over the top of stowage compart- manufacturer for towing a trailer. A ments or ruffled pockets. trailer could seriously impair driving safety. Stowage areas 199

RClose closable stowage compartments Stowage compartment in the doors while driving. The stowage compartments are located in RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard, poin- the driver's door and front-passenger ted, sharp-edged or fragile objects door. behind the last bench seat or under the passenger seats.

Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 198).

Glove compartment

: Stowage compartment Bottles can be stowed in the doors.

Drawer in the centre console >> Stowing and features.

Illustration of a closed glove compartment

X To open: pull handle :. The closed glove compartment can be locked with the key.

X Pull drawer ; by handle : in the direction of the arrow.

Stowage compartment in the tailgate The stowage compartment in the tailgate offers additional stowage space for small X To lock: insert the key into the lock and objects. You can keep the fluorescent turn it 90° clockwise to position 2. jacket, first-aid kit and warning triangle insert the key into the lock X To unlock: here, for example. and turn it 90° anti-clockwise to position 1.

Z 200 Stowage areas

The boot cover: Rconceals objects in the vehicle's boot Rprevents smaller objects from slipping from the boot into the vehicle interior, but will not restrain loads in the event of an accident The luggage net bag: Rserves to hold small, light objects Rprevents smaller objects from slipping within the vehicle interior X To open: open the tailgate. X Pull back handle : on the inside of the Fitting tailgate.

X Fold the lid of the stowage compartment forwards in the direction of the arrow.

X To close: fold the lid of the stowage compartment back in the opposite direction to the arrow. >> Stowing and features. X Press the cover firmly closed in the middle until it engages audibly.

Boot cover If you use the boot cover under normal cir- Important safety notes cumstances, install it in brackets ;. If you do not need to use the boot cover, WARNING G install it in brackets =. On its own, the boot cover cannot secure or restrain heavy objects, items of luggage X For easier fitting, fold the front- and heavy loads. You could be hit by an passenger seat backrests forwards unsecured load during sudden changes in (Y page 80). direction, braking or in the event of an X Open the upper and lower tailgate accident. There is an increased risk of (Y page 71). injury or even fatal injury. X Hold boot cover : in the boot with the Always store objects so that they cannot be luggage net bag at the front. flung around. Secure objects, luggage or X Insert the boot cover into upper loads against slipping or tipping over, bracket ; or into lower bracket = on e.g. by using lashing material, even if you the right-hand side. are using the boot cover. i Lower bracket = can only be used if Observe the loading guidelines there is no subwoofer fitted. (Y page 198). Stowage areas 201

X To install: grip boot cover : in the middle and pull it back. X Hook boot cover : into left and right rear brackets B and release. X To remove: grip boot cover : in the middle, pull it back and unhook it from rear brackets B. X Slide boot cover : back.

X Slide handle ? to the right in the direc- Fitting/removing the subwoofer tion of the arrow. X Insert the boot cover into bracket ; or = on the left side panelling and release the handle. Boot cover : snaps into place. >> Stowing and features.

X To fit: insert connector :. X Place subwoofer ; on the side trim. X Slide subwoofer ; to bracket =.

X Pull luggage net bag A down slightly and secure with the Velcro fasteners. To remove, follow the sequence in reverse.

Installing and removing the boot cover

X Slide the subwoofer up in the direction of the arrow on bracket =.

Z 202 Features

G WARNING If you do not correctly store objects in the vehicle interior, they can slip or be flung around, thus striking vehicle occupants. There is a risk of injury, especially when braking or abruptly changing directions. RAlways store objects so that they cannot be flung around in these or in similar situations. RAlways make sure that objects do not protrude from stowage compartments, lug- X Then slide the subwoofer over bracket = in the direction of the arrow until the gage nets or stowage nets. subwoofer slides down. RClose lockable stowage compartments while driving. X Close quick-release fastener ?. RStow and secure objects that are heavy, X To remove: release quick-release fas- hard, pointy, sharp-edged, fragile or too tener ?. large in the luggage compartment. X Slide the subwoofer up over bracket = and remove. ! Only use the cup holders for containers >> Stowing and features. X Disconnect plug :. of the right size and which have lids. The X Take out subwoofer :. drinks could otherwise spill. Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 198). Features Cup holder in the front centre console Cup holders Important safety notes

G WARNING The cup holder cannot secure a drinks container in place during a journey. If you use a cup holder during a journey, the drinks container could be flung around and liquid could be spilt. Vehicle occupants could come into contact with the liquid and, in particular, be scalded by hot liquid. You could be distracted from the traffic situa- : Cup holders tion and lose control of the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident and injury. Only use the cup holder when the vehicle is stationary. Only place containers of a suitable size in the cup holder. Seal the container, in particular when it contains hot liquid. Features 203

Cup holder in the centre console cigarettes in the ashtray, make sure that the ashtray is fully inserted in the cup holder. Make sure that lit cigarettes do not fall into the cup holder. Otherwise, the cup holder could be damaged.

: Cup holders The cup holder has a recess for storing selected mobile phones.

Sun visors X To open: lift up cover :. X To close: push down cover :.

Overview >> Stowing and features. X To remove: pull the ashtray up and out. X To insert: insert the ashtray into the cup holder. i If you remove the ashtray, you can use the resulting compartment for stowage.

Cigarette lighter Important safety notes

: Mirror cover G WARNING ; Bracket You can burn yourself if you touch the hot heating element or the socket of the ciga- = Retaining strap rette lighter. ? Vanity mirror In addition, flammable materials can ignite if: Glare from the side Rthe hot cigarette lighter falls Fold down the sun visor. X Ra child holds the hot cigarette lighter to X Pull the sun visor out of bracket ;. objects, for example X Swing the sun visor to the side. There is a risk of fire and injury. Always hold the cigarette lighter by the knob. Always make sure that the cigarette Ashtray lighter is out of reach of children. Never ! The cup holder in the centre console is leave children unattended in the vehicle. not heat resistant. Before placing lit

Z 204 Features

Your attention must always be focused on X Lift up the cover of socket :. the traffic conditions. Only use the cigarette lighter when road and traffic conditions permit. Floormat on the driver's side

G WARNING Objects in the driver's footwell may restrict the clearance around the pedals or block a depressed pedal. This jeopardises the operating and road safety of the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident. Stow all objects securely in the vehicle so that they do not get into the driver's footwell. Always fit the floormats securely and as prescribed in order to ensure that there X Press in cigarette lighter :. is always sufficient room for the pedals. Do Cigarette lighter : will pop out auto- not use loose floormats and do not place matically when the heating element is several floormats on top of one another. red-hot. >> Stowing and features.

12 V sockets General notes

X Turn the key to position 1 in the ignition lock (Y page 115). The sockets can be used for accessories with a maximum draw of 120 W (10 A). Example accessories include mobile phone chargers. X Slide the driver's seat backwards. If you use the sockets for long periods when X To fit: lay the floormat in the footwell. the engine is switched off, the battery may X Press safety catch knobs : onto retain- discharge. ers ;. X To remove: pull the floormat from retain- Socket in the front centre console ers ;. X Remove the floormat. 205

Useful information ...... 206 Checking service products ...... 206 Service ...... 211 Care ...... 212 >> Maintenance and care. 206 Checking service products

Useful information X Remove luggage compartment cover : if necessary (Y page 200). i This Owner's Manual describes all mod- X Hold the carpet on the right and left els, series and optional equipment for sides and fold upwards.

your vehicle that were available at the X Remove the carpet from the vehicle. time of going to press. Country-specific Vehicles with a boot cover: attach the differences are possible. Note that your X hook to upper bracket of boot cover : vehicle may not be fitted with all fea- ( page 200). tures described. This is also the case for Y systems and functions relevant to safety. X Unscrew screws = from engine compartment cover ; manually. i Read the information on qualified spe- X Remove engine compartment cover ;. cialist workshops: (Y page 21). X To close: slide engine compartment cover ; forward as far as it will go. Checking service products X Retighten screws = manually. X Vehicles with a boot cover: unhook the Engine compartment (rear) hooks.

Engine compartment cover X Put the carpet back into the vehicle. X Fold down the carpet and push it under G WARNING the side panelling. The engine compartment cover can become X For vehicles with the subwoofer: fit the

>> Maintenance and care. very hot. There is a risk of injury if you subwoofer again ( page 206). remove the engine compartment cover to Y work in the engine compartment. X Close the tailgate. Allow the engine to cool down before removing the engine compartment cover. Engine oil General notes X To open: apply the parking brake. Depending on your driving style, the vehi- X Select a gear. cle consumes up to 0.5 litres of oil per Switch the ignition off. X 1000 km. The oil consumption may be higher X Remove the key from the ignition lock. than this when the vehicle is new or if you X Open the upper and lower tailgate frequently drive at high engine speeds. (Y page 71). When checking the oil level: For vehicles with the subwoofer: remove X Rpark the vehicle on a level surface. the subwoofer (Y page 206). Rthe engine should be switched off for approximately 5 minutes if the engine is at normal operating temperature. Rif the engine is not at normal operating temperature, e.g. if the engine was only started briefly, wait approximately 30 minutes before carrying out the measurement. Checking service products 207

Checking the oil level using the oil dipstick G WARNING Certain components in the engine compartment could be very hot, e.g. the engine, the radiator and parts of the exhaust system. There is a risk of injury when accessing the engine compartment. As far as possible, allow the engine to cool down and only touch the components described in the following. Example

X Pull oil dipstick : out of the oil dip- G WARNING stick tube. If you open the bonnet while the engine is X Wipe off oil dipstick :. overheating or while there is a fire in the engine compartment, you could come into X Slowly slide oil dipstick : into the contact with hot gases or other leaking ser- guide tube to the stop, and take it out vice products. There is a danger of injury. again. If the level is between MIN mark = and Allow an overheating engine to cool down MAX mark , the oil level is correct. before opening the bonnet. If there is a fire ; in the engine compartment, leave the bon- Adding engine oil net closed and notify the fire brigade. >> Maintenance and care. G WARNING G WARNING Certain components in the engine compart- There are moving components in the engine ment could be very hot, e.g. the engine, the compartment. Certain components may con- radiator and parts of the exhaust system. tinue to move or suddenly move again even There is a risk of injury when accessing the after the ignition has been switched off, engine compartment. e.g. the radiator fan. There is a risk of As far as possible, allow the engine to cool injury. down and only touch the components descri- If you have to carry out work in the engine bed in the following. compartment: WARNING Rswitch off the ignition G If engine oil comes into contact with hot Rnever touch the dangerous areas sur- components in the engine compartment, it rounding moving components, e.g. the may ignite. There is a risk of fire and rotation area of the fan injury. Rremove jewellery and watches Make sure that engine oil does not spill out Rkeep items of clothing and hair, for over the filler neck. Allow the engine to example, away from moving parts. cool down and thoroughly clean the components that have come into contact with X Open the engine compartment cover engine oil before you start the engine. (Y page 206).

Z 208 Checking service products

H Environmental note view or endanger other road users. There is When topping up the oil, take care not to a risk of an accident and injury. spill any. If oil enters the soil or water- Therefore, make sure that the service cover ways, it is harmful to the environment. is locked before driving off.

! Do not add too much oil. Topping up with G WARNING too much engine oil can result in damage If the windscreen wipers start to move when to the engine or to the catalytic con- the service cover is open, you could become verter. Have excess engine oil siphoned caught up in the wiper rods. There is a risk off. of injury. You will find further information on Always switch off the windscreen wipers engine oils you can use in the "Technical and the ignition before you open the ser- data" section (Y page 263). vice cover.

! To ensure unhindered air intake, completely remove any dirt or snow from the ventilation slots above the service cover. To prevent it from becoming damaged or dirty, the service cover can be removed and hung on the front of the vehicle.

>> Maintenance and care. The service cover is attached to the rear side of the vehicle body with a strap.

X Park the vehicle on a flat, level surface. X Turn cap : anti-clockwise and remove it. X Apply the parking brake. X Select a gear. X Top up the engine oil. If the oil level is at or below the MIN X Switch the ignition off. mark on the oil dipstick, top up once with a maximum of 1 l engine oil. Removing X Replace cap : on the filler neck and turn clockwise. Make sure that the cap locks securely into place.

X Check the oil level again with the oil dipstick (Y page 207).

Front compartment Service cover Vehicles with a lockable service cover: Important safety notes X To unlock: remove lock cover : (driver's G WARNING side only) with the key. If the service cover is not locked, it may X Insert the key into the lock and turn it to come loose during driving and block your position u. Checking service products 209

X Pull both levers : with both index fin- X Slide bars A on the left and right of the gers in the direction of the arrows. service cover under the bars on wing ?. >> Maintenance and care.

X First pull both levers ; forwards and X Press service cover = down in the direc- then completely out. tion of the arrow. X Lift service cover = and pull forwards. X Slide both levers ; in and then back. X Press lever ; in the radiator trim and allow it to engage.

X Hook service cover = into the openings on the vehicle using the hooks at the top rear. Vehicles with a lockable service cover:

Inserting X To lock: insert the key into the lock and turn it to position 1. X Lift service cover =. Insert lock cover : flush (on the driver's side) and clip it into place.

Z 210 Checking service products

Coolant X Turn cap : further anti-clockwise and remove it. Important safety notes X Do not exceed the maximum filling level G WARNING when adding coolant. The engine cooling system is under pres- X Screw on cap : tightly. sure, particularly if the engine is warm. For further information on coolant, see You could be scalded by hot coolant spray- ( page 264). ing out when opening the cap. There is a Y danger of injury. Windscreen washer system Allow the engine to cool before opening the cap. Wear gloves and protective eyewear G WARNING when opening. Slowly turn the cap half a Windscreen washer concentrate is highly turn to allow pressure to escape. flammable. If it comes into contact with hot components in the front compartment, it Checking the coolant may ignite. There is a risk of fire and The coolant expansion tank is in the area injury. under the service cover. Make sure that windscreen washer concentrate is not spilled next to the filler neck. >> Maintenance and care.

X Open the service cover (Y page 208). X Let the coolant cool down for at least X Open the service cover ( page 208). 30 minutes. Y X To open: pull cap : upwards by the tab. X Park the vehicle on a level surface. X If available, pull the removable nozzle Only check the coolant level if the vehi- up as far as the stop. cle is on a level surface and the engine has cooled down. X Top up with the premixed washer fluid. X To close: if available, push the remova- X Check the reservoir visually. The fluid level must be between MIN and ble nozzle down and push it inside. MAX. X Press cap : onto the filler neck until it engages. Topping up the coolant Further information on windscreen washer X Cover cap : of coolant expansion fluid/antifreeze (Y page 265). tank ; with a cloth. X Slowly turn cap : by half a turn anti- clockwise to allow excess pressure to escape. Service 211

Service Maintaining the time-dependent service schedule: Service display X Note down the service due date in the Service message service display before disconnecting the battery. The service display informs you of the next service due date. Depending on the oper- or ating conditions of the vehicle, the X After reconnecting the battery, subtract remaining time or distance until the next the battery disconnection periods from service due date is displayed. the service date shown on the display. Information on the type of service and service intervals (see separate Service Book- Hiding a service message let). This function is only available with an For further information enquire at any instrument cluster with colour display. smart centre. X Press the a button on the multifunc- i The service display does not show any tion steering wheel. information on the engine oil level. Observe the notes on the engine oil level Calling up the service display (Y page 207). Switch the ignition on. Whenever a service is due, this is shown X approximately 30 days or 1500 km (1000 mi) X Depending on the equipment in the vehi- beforehand. After starting the engine, a cle, you can call up the service display >> Maintenance and care. service message appears in the instrument with the buttons on the multifunction cluster display for a few seconds; see the lever or on the multifunction steering following example. wheel. RInstrument cluster with monochrome Instrument cluster with monochrome dis- display play The ¯ or ° symbol flashes. If a X Use the ÷ multifunction lever to select service due date has been exceeded, a the Service menu. minus is shown before the information The service display shows when the ser- about the days or distance. vice is due. RInstrument cluster with colour display Instrument cluster with colour display Next service due in .. days together X Press the 9 or : button on the with the or symbol. If the ser- ¯ ° steering wheel to select the Messages vice due date has been exceeded, Ser‐ and service menu. vice due .. days ago. The service display shows when the ser- The symbol shows the type of service. ¯ vice is due. stands for a minor service and ° for a major service. Information about Service The service display does not take into account any periods of time during which Resetting the service display the battery is disconnected. ! Have service work carried out as described in the Service Booklet. This may otherwise lead to increased wear and

Z 212 Care

damage to the major assemblies or the ! For cleaning your vehicle, do not use vehicle. any of the following: A qualified specialist workshop, e.g. a Rdry, rough or hard cloths smart centre, will reset the service inter- Rabrasive cleaning agents val display after the service work has been Rsolvents carried out. You can also obtain further information on maintenance work, for Rcleaning agents containing solvents example. Do not scrub. Do not touch the surfaces or protective Special service requirements films with hard objects, e.g. a ring or ice The prescribed service interval is based scraper. You could otherwise scratch or on normal operation of the vehicle. Service damage the surfaces and protective film. work will need to be performed more often if the vehicle is operated under arduous ! Do not park up the vehicle for an exten- conditions or increased loads, for exam- ded period straight after cleaning it, ple: particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner. Wheel clean- Rregular city driving with frequent ers could cause increased corrosion of intermediate stops the brake discs and brake pads/linings. Rif the vehicle is primarily used to travel For this reason, you should drive for a short distances few minutes after cleaning. Braking Rfor frequent operation in mountainous heats the brake discs and the brake pads/

>> Maintenance and care. terrain or on poor road surfaces linings, thus drying them. The vehicle Rif the engine is often left idling for long can then be parked up. periods Regular care of your vehicle is a condition In these or similar operating conditions, for retaining the quality in the long term. have, for example, the air filter, engine Use care products and cleaning agents rec- oil and oil filter changed more frequently. ommended and approved by smart. The tyres must be checked more frequently if the vehicle is operated under increased loads. You can obtain further information Care of the exterior at a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. a smart centre. Automatic car wash Driving abroad G WARNING An extensive smart service network is also Braking efficiency is reduced after the available in other countries. For further vehicle has been washed. There is a risk of information enquire at any smart centre. an accident. After washing the vehicle, brake carefully while paying attention to the traffic con- Care ditions in order to restore full braking efficiency. General notes

H Environmental note Dispose of empty packaging and cleaning cloths in an environmentally responsible manner. Care 213

! Make sure that: High-pressure cleaning equipment Rthe side windows are fully closed G WARNING Rthe climate control blower is switched The water jet of circular-jet nozzles (dirt off grinders) can cause damage not visible Rthe windscreen wiper switch is at from the outside to tyres or chassis com- position 0 ponents. Components damaged in this way The vehicle could otherwise be damaged. can unexpectedly fail. There is a risk of an accident. You can wash the vehicle in an automatic car wash from the very start. Do not use high-pressure cleaners with circular-jet nozzles to clean the vehicle. Wash off excess dirt before cleaning the Have damaged tyres or chassis components vehicle in an automatic car wash. replaced immediately. After using an automatic car wash, wipe off wax from the windscreen and the wiper ! Always maintain a distance of at least blades. This will prevent smears and 30 cm between the vehicle and the high- reduce wiping noises caused by residue on pressure cleaner nozzle. Information the windscreen. about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufacturer. Washing by hand Move the high-pressure cleaner nozzle In some countries, washing by hand is only around when cleaning your vehicle. allowed at specially equipped washing Do not aim directly at any of the follow- bays. Observe the legal requirements for ing: >> Maintenance and care. each individual country. Rtyres X Do not use hot water and do not wash the Rdoor gaps, roof gaps, joints etc. vehicle in direct sunlight. Relectrical components Use a soft sponge to clean. X Rbattery Use a mild cleaning agent, such as a car X Rconnectors shampoo approved by smart. Rlights X Thoroughly hose down the vehicle with a gentle jet of water. Rseals Rventilation slots X Do not point the water jet directly towards the air inlet. Damaged seals or electrical components can lead to leaks or failures. X Use plenty of water and rinse out the sponge frequently. Cleaning the paintwork X Rinse the vehicle with clean water and dry thoroughly with a chamois. ! Do not affix: X Do not let the cleaning agent dry on the Rstickers paintwork. Rfilms When using the vehicle in winter, remove Rmagnetic plates or similar items all traces of road salt deposits carefully to painted surfaces. You could otherwise and as soon as possible. damage the paintwork.

Z 214 Care

X Remove impurities immediately, where can unexpectedly fail. There is a risk of an possible, whilst avoiding rubbing too accident. hard. Do not use high-pressure cleaners with X Soak insect remains with insect remover circular-jet nozzles to clean the vehicle. and rinse off the treated areas after- Have damaged tyres or chassis components wards. replaced immediately. X Soak bird droppings with water and rinse off the treated areas afterwards. ! Do not use acidic wheel cleaning products to remove brake dust. This could X Remove coolant, brake fluid, tree resin, oils, fuels and greases by rubbing gently damage wheel bolts and brake compo- with a cloth soaked in petroleum ether or nents. lighter fluid. ! Do not park up the vehicle for an exten- X Use tar remover to remove tar stains. ded period straight after cleaning it, X Use silicone remover to remove wax. particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner. Wheel clean- The following cannot always be completely ers could cause increased corrosion of repaired: the brake discs and brake pads/linings. Rscratches For this reason, you should drive for a Rcorrosive deposits few minutes after cleaning. Braking Rareas affected by corrosion heats the brake discs and the brake pads/ linings, thus drying them. The vehicle Rdamage caused by inadequate care can then be parked up. >> Maintenance and care. In such cases, visit a qualified specialist workshop. Cleaning the windows

Cleaning the panoramic roof G WARNING ! Only use cleaning agents or cleaning If the windscreen wipers are set in motion cloths that are suitable for plastic len- when cleaning the windscreen or wiper ses. Unsuitable cleaning agents or blades, you could become trapped. There is cleaning cloths could scratch or damage a danger of injury. the plastic panes of the panorama roof. Always switch off the windscreen wipers Do not use cleaning agents containing and the ignition before cleaning the wind- solvents screen or wiper blades. X Clean the plastic panes of the panoramic ! Do not use dry cloths, abrasive prod- roof using a wet sponge and a mild clean- ucts, solvents or cleaning agents con- ing agent, e.g. smart car shampoo, a com- taining solvents to clean the inside of mercially available glass cleaner or the windows. Do not touch the insides of cleaning cloths. the windows with hard objects, e.g. an ice scraper or ring. There is otherwise a Cleaning the wheels risk of damaging the windows.

G WARNING ! Clean the water drainage channels of The water jet of circular-jet nozzles (dirt the windscreen and the rear window at grinders) can cause damage not visible regular intervals. Deposits such as from the outside to tyres or chassis com- leaves, petals and pollen may under cer- ponents. Components damaged in this way tain circumstances prevent water from Care 215

draining away. This can lead to corro- X Clean the plastic lenses of the exterior sion damage and damage to electronic lighting using a wet sponge and a mild components. cleaning agent, e.g. smart car shampoo or cleaning cloths. X Clean the inside and outside of the windows with a damp cloth and a cleaning agent that is recommended and approved Cleaning the sensors by smart. ! If you clean the sensors with a high- pressure cleaner, make sure that you keep Cleaning the wiper blades a distance of at least 30 cm between the vehicle and the high-pressure cleaner WARNING G nozzle. Information about the correct If the windscreen wipers are set in motion distance is available from the equip- when cleaning the windscreen or wiper ment manufacturer. blades, you could become trapped. There is a danger of injury. Always switch off the windscreen wipers and the ignition before cleaning the windscreen or wiper blades.

! Do not pull on the wiper blade. Other- wise, the wiper blade could be damaged.

! Do not clean wiper blades too often and >> Maintenance and care. do not rub them too hard. Otherwise, the graphite coating could be damaged. This could cause wiper noise.

X Fold the wiper arms away from the windscreen.

X Carefully clean the wiper blades with a damp cloth. X Clean sensors : of the driving systems X Fold the windscreen wipers back again before switching on the ignition. with water, car shampoo and a soft cloth.

! Hold the wiper arm securely when fold- Cleaning the reversing camera ing back. The windscreen could be damaged if the wiper arm hits against it ! Do not clean the camera lens and the suddenly. area around the reversing camera with a high-pressure cleaner. Cleaning the exterior lighting ! Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths that are suitable for plastic lenses. Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic lenses of the exterior lighting.

Z 216 Care

X Before cleaning the display, make sure that it is switched off and has cooled down.

X Clean the display surface using a com- mercially available microfibre cloth and TFT/LCD display cleaner.

X Dry the display surface using a dry microfibre cloth.

Cleaning the plastic trim

X Use clear water and a soft cloth to clean WARNING camera lens :. G Care products and cleaning agents containing solvents can cause surfaces in the cock- Cleaning the exhaust pipe pit to become porous. This could result in Impurities combined with the effects of plastic parts breaking away when the air- road grit and corrosive environmental fac- bags are deployed. There is a danger of tors may cause flash rust to form on the injury. surface. You can restore the original shine Do not use care products and cleaning of the exhaust pipe by cleaning it regu- agents containing solvents to clean the larly, especially in winter and after wash- cockpit.

>> Maintenance and care. ing. ! Do not affix the following to plastic ! Do not clean the exhaust pipe with acid- surfaces: based cleaning agents such as sanitary cleansers or wheel cleaners. Rstickers Rfilms X Clean the exhaust pipe with a care product tested and approved by smart. Rscented oil bottles or similar items You could otherwise damage the plastic. ! Do not allow cosmetics, insect repel- Interior care lent or sunscreen to come in contact with the plastic trim. This maintains the Cleaning the display high-quality look of the surfaces. ! For cleaning, do not use any of the fol- X Wipe the plastic trim with a damp, lint- lowing: free cloth, e.g. a microfibre cloth.

Ralcohol-based thinner or petrol X Heavy soiling: use care products and Rabrasive cleaning agents cleaning agents recommended and Rcommercially-available household approved by smart. cleaning agents The surface may change colour tempora- These may damage the display surface. Do rily. Wait until the surface is dry again. not put pressure on the display surface when cleaning. This could lead to irrep- arable damage to the display. Care 217

Cleaning the steering wheel and gear or taining 1% detergent (e.g. washing-up selector lever liquid). Rclean cloth covers with a microfibre X Thoroughly wipe with a damp cloth or use leather care agents that have been rec- cloth moistened with a solution con- ommended and approved by smart. taining 1% detergent (e.g. washing-up liquid). Rub carefully, and always wipe entire seat sections to avoid leaving Cleaning the seat covers visible lines. Leave the seat to dry General notes afterwards. Cleaning results depend on the type of dirt and how long it has ! Do not use microfibre cloths to clean been there. genuine leather, artificial leather or RClean DINAMICA covers with a damp DINAMICA covers. If used often, these can cloth. Make sure that you wipe entire damage the cover. seat sections to avoid leaving visible i Note that regular care is essential to lines. make sure that the appearance and comfort of the covers are retained over time. Cleaning the seat belts Genuine leather seat covers G WARNING Leather is a natural product. Seat belts may be severely weakened if It has natural surface properties, e.g.: bleached or coloured. This may lead to the Runevenness in structure seat belts, for example, tearing or failing >> Maintenance and care. Rmarks caused by growth and injury in an accident. There is an increased risk of injury, possibly even fatal. Rsubtle colour differences Never bleach or colour seat belts. These are characteristics of leather and not material faults. ! Do not clean the seat belts using chem- ! To maintain the leather's natural ical cleaning agents. Do not dry the seat appearance, observe the following belts at temperatures above 80 † or in cleaning tips: direct sunlight.

Rclean genuine leather covers carefully X Use clean, lukewarm water and soap sol- with a damp cloth and then wipe the ution. covers down with a dry cloth. RMake sure that the leather does not Cleaning the roof lining and carpets become soaked. It may otherwise Roof lining: if it is very dirty, use a soft become rough and cracked. X brush or a cleaning agent recommended ROnly use leather care agents that have and approved by smart. been recommended by smart. You can obtain these from a qualified special- X Carpets: use the carpet and textile ist workshop. cleaning agents recommended and approved by smart. Seat covers from other materials ! Observe the following when cleaning: Rclean artificial leather covers with a cloth moistened with a solution con-

Z 218 219

Useful information ...... 220 Where will I find...? ...... 220 Flat tyres ...... 221 Battery (vehicle) ...... 225 Jump-starting ...... 228 Towing and tow-starting ...... 230 Electrical fuses ...... 233 >> Breakdown assistance. 220 Where will I find...?

Useful information Setting up the warning triangle

i This Owner's Manual describes all models, series and optional equipment for your vehicle that were available at the time of going to press. Country-specific differences are possible. Note that your vehicle may not be fitted with all features described. This is also the case for systems and functions relevant to safety. i Read the information on qualified specialist workshops: (Y page 21). X Fold feet = out to the side. X Pull side reflectors ; upwards to form a Where will I find...? triangle and lock them at the top using upper press-stud :. Warning triangle Removing/replacing the warning triangle First-aid kit The warning triangle is secured behind the front-passenger seat backrest with a Vel- cro fastener. >> Breakdown assistance.

First-aid kit : is secured behind the front-passenger seat backrest with a Vel- cro fastener.

X To remove: fold the driver's seat for- X To remove: fold the driver's seat forwards. wards. X Remove warning triangle :. X Remove first-aid kit :. X To replace: press the side of warning X To replace: press the side of first-aid triangle : with the Velcro fastener kit : with the Velcro fastener firmly in firmly in the relevant position. the relevant position.

X Fold the driver's seat back again. X Fold the driver's seat back again. i Check the use-by date on first-aid kit : at least once a year. Replace the contents if necessary, and replace any missing items. Flat tyres 221

Fire extinguisher

: Towing eye ; Tyre sealant filler bottle Fire extinguisher ; is located in front of = Tyre inflation compressor the passenger's seat.

X Pull tab : forwards. X Remove fire extinguisher ;. Flat tyres i Have fire extinguisher ; refilled Preparing the vehicle after each use and checked every one to Your vehicle may be equipped with a two years. It may otherwise fail in an TIREFIT kit ( page 221). emergency. Y Information on changing a wheel/fitting Observe the legal requirements for each ( page 248). individual country. Y X Stop the vehicle as far away as possible

from traffic on solid, non-slippery and >> Breakdown assistance. Vehicle tool kit level ground. X Switch on the hazard warning lamps. The TIREFIT kit and the towing eye are Secure the vehicle against rolling away located in the stowage well under the front- X ( page 132). passenger footwell. Y X If possible, bring the front wheels into the straight-ahead position.

X Switch off the engine. X Remove the key from the ignition lock. X Make sure that the passengers are not endangered as they get out of the vehicle. Make sure that no one is near the danger area while a wheel is being changed. Anyone who is not directly assisting in the wheel change should, for example, stand behind the barrier.

X Unscrew wing nuts :. X Get out of the vehicle. Pay attention to X Remove the vehicle tool tray. traffic conditions when doing so. 222 Flat tyres

X Close the driver's door. drink plenty of water. Do not induce vom- X Place the warning triangle a suitable iting, and seek medical attention imme- distance away (Y page 220). Observe legal diately. requirements. RImmediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with tyre sealant. TIREFIT kit RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek medical attention immediately. Important safety notes TIREFIT is a tyre sealant. ! Do not operate the tyre inflation com- You can use TIREFIT to seal punctures of up pressor for longer than 15 minutes at a to 4 mm, particularly those in the tyre time without a break. It may otherwise tread. You can use TIREFIT at outside tem- overheat. peratures down to Ò20 †. The tyre inflation compressor can be operated again once it has cooled down. WARNING G Comply with the manufacturer’s safety In the following situations, the tyre seal- instructions on the sticker on the tyre ant is unable to provide sufficient break- inflation compressor. down assistance, as it is unable to seal the tyre properly: Using the TIREFIT kit Rthere are cuts or punctures in the tyre larger than those mentioned above. X Do not remove any foreign objects which have penetrated the tyre, e.g. screws or Rthe wheel rim is damaged. nails. Ryou have driven at very low tyre pressures >> Breakdown assistance. Remove the tyre sealant bottle and the or on a flat tyre. X tyre inflation compressor from the There is a risk of an accident. front-passenger footwell (Y page 221). Do not drive any further. Contact a quali- X Affix the 80 km/h maximum speed sticker fied specialist workshop. to the instrument cluster within the driver's field of vision. G WARNING The tyre sealant is harmful and causes irri- tation. It must not come into contact with your skin, eyes or clothing or be swallowed. Do not inhale TIREFIT fumes. Keep tyre sealant away from children. There is a risk of injury. If you come into contact with the tyre sealant, observe the following: RRinse off the tyre sealant from your skin immediately with water. RIf the tyre sealant comes into contact with your eyes, immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water. RIf tyre sealant is swallowed, immediately rinse your mouth out thoroughly and Flat tyres 223

X Unwind plug : with the cable from the If a tyre pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi) tyre inflation compressor ;. has not been achieved after a maximum of 15 minutes, see "Tyre pressure is not ach- X Remove hose A from the bottom section of tyre inflation compressor housing ;. ieved" (Y page 223). X Remove cap on tyre sealant bottle ? and i If the tyre sealant leaks out, allow it to connect hose A. dry. It can then be removed like a layer of film. If you get tyre sealant on your clothing, have it cleaned as soon as possible with perchloroethylene.

Tyre pressure not reached If a tyre pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi) has not been achieved after a maximum of 10 minutes:

X Switch off the tyre inflation compressor. Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of X Remove the cap from valve E on the X faulty tyre. the defective tyre. Very slowly drive forwards or reverse X Remove cap on filler hose = and screw X approximately 10 m. filler hose = onto the valve. X Pump up the tyre again. X Insert plug : into the socket of the cig- After a maximum of 10 minutes, the tyre arette lighter (Y page 203) or into the 12 V

power socket in your vehicle pressure must be at least 180 kPa (1.8 bar/ >> Breakdown assistance. 26 psi). (Y page 204). X Turn the key to position 1 in the ignition WARNING lock ( page 115). G Y If the required tyre pressure is not reached X Press on/off switch B on tyre inflation after the specified time, the tyre is too compressor ; to I. badly damaged. The tyre sealant cannot The tyre inflation compressor is repair the tyre in this instance. Damaged switched on. The tyre is inflated. tyres and a tyre pressure that is too low can i First, tyre sealant is pumped into the significantly impair the vehicle's braking tyre. The pressure can briefly rise to and driving characteristics. There is a approximately 600 kPa (6.0 bar/86 psi). risk of accident. Do not switch off the tyre inflation com- Do not continue driving. Contact a quali- pressor during this phase. fied specialist workshop.

X Let the tyre inflation compressor run for a maximum of 15 minutes. The tyre should Tyre pressure reached then have attained a pressure of at least 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi). G WARNING A tyre temporarily sealed with tyre sealant If a tyre pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi) impairs the driving characteristics and is is achieved after a maximum of 15 minutes, not suitable for higher speeds. There is a see "Tyre pressure is achieved" risk of accident. (Y page 223).

Z 224 Flat tyres

You should therefore adapt your driving and driving characteristics. There is a style accordingly and drive carefully. Do risk of accident. not exceed the specified maximum speed Do not continue driving. Contact a quali- with a tyre that has been repaired using fied specialist workshop. tyre sealant. X Correct the tyre pressure if it is still at The maximum speed for a tyre sealed with least 130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). For the val- tyre sealant is 80 km/h. The 80 km/h maxi- ues see the tyre pressure information mum speed sticker must be affixed to the label on the driver's side B-pillar. instrument cluster within the driver's field of vision. X To increase the tyre pressure: switch on the tyre inflation compressor. ! After use, excess tyre sealant may run out of the filler hose. This could cause stains. Therefore, place the filler hose in the plastic bag that contained the TIREFIT kit.

H Environmental note Have the used tyre sealant bottle disposed of professionally, e.g. at a qualified specialist workshop.

If a tyre pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi) X To reduce the tyre pressure: depress has been achieved after 10 minutes: pressure release button : next to pres- >> Breakdown assistance. sure gauge ;. X Switch off the tyre inflation compressor. If the tyre pressure is correct, unscrew X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of X the defective tyre. the filler hose from the valve of the sealed tyre. X Stow the tyre sealant bottle, the tyre X Screw the valve cap onto the valve of the inflation compressor and the warning sealed tyre. triangle. X Drive to the nearest qualified specialist X Pull away immediately. workshop and have the tyre changed X Stop after driving for approximately there. 3 km and check the tyre pressure with the X Have the tyre sealant bottle and the tyre inflation compressor. filler hose replaced as soon as possible The tyre pressure must now be at least at a qualified specialist workshop. 130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). X Have the tyre sealant bottle replaced every four years at a qualified special- WARNING G ist workshop. If the required tyre pressure is not reached after driving for a short period, the tyre is too badly damaged. The tyre sealant cannot repair the tyre in this instance. Damaged tyres and a tyre pressure that is too low can significantly impair the vehicle's braking Battery (vehicle) 225

Battery (vehicle) The highly flammable gas mixture is created while the battery is charging and when Important safety notes jump-starting. Work on the battery, e.g. removing or Always make sure that neither you nor the installing, requires specialist knowledge battery is electrostatically charged. Elec- and the use of special tools. Therefore, trostatic charge is created, for example: always have work on the battery carried out Rby wearing synthetic fibre clothing at a qualified specialist workshop. Rdue to friction between clothing and the G WARNING seat Work carried out incorrectly on the battery Rwhen you pull or push the battery across can lead, for example, to a short circuit and carpet or other synthetic materials thus damage the vehicle electronics. This Rwhen you rub the battery with a cloth can lead to function restrictions applying to safety-relevant systems, e.g the lighting G WARNING system, the ABS (anti-lock braking system) During the charging process, a battery pro- or the ESP® (Electronic Stability Program). duces hydrogen gas. If a short circuit The operating safety of your vehicle may be occurs or sparks are created, the hydrogen restricted. gas can ignite. There is a risk of an explosion. You could lose control of the vehicle, for example: RMake sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into Rwhen braking contact with vehicle parts. Rin the event of abrupt steering manoeu- RNever place metal objects or tools on a vres and/or when the vehicle's speed is battery. not adapted to the road conditions >> Breakdown assistance. RIt is important that you observe the There is a risk of an accident. described order of the battery terminals In the event of a short circuit or a similar when connecting and disconnecting a incident, contact a qualified specialist battery. workshop immediately. Do not drive any RWhen jump-starting, make sure that the further. Always have work on the battery battery poles with identical polarity are carried out at a qualified specialist work- connected. shop. RIt is particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and Further information about ABS (Y page 59) ® disconnecting the jump leads. and esp (Y page 61). RNever connect or disconnect the battery G WARNING terminals while the engine is running. Electrostatic build-up can lead to the cre- ation of sparks, which could ignite the G WARNING highly explosive gases of a battery. There Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk of is a risk of an explosion. injury. Before handling the battery, touch the Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or cloth- vehicle body to remove any existing elec- ing. Do not breathe in any battery gases. Do trostatic build-up. not lean over the battery. Keep the batteries out of the reach of children. Immedi- ately rinse off battery acid thoroughly with

Z 226 Battery (vehicle)

plenty of clean water and seek medical Comply with safety precautions and take attention at once. protective measures when handling batteries. H Environmental note WARNING Batteries contain pollu- tants. It is illegal to dispose of them with the Fire, naked flames and smoking household rubbish. They are prohibited when handling must be collected sepa- the battery. Avoid creating rately and disposed of in an sparks. environmentally responsi- Battery acid is caustic. Avoid ble recycling system. contact with the skin, eyes or Dispose of batteries in an clothing. environmentally responsi- Wear suitable protective cloth- ble manner. Take dis- ing, in particular gloves, an charged batteries to a apron and a face mask. qualified specialist workshop or to a collection Immediately rinse acid splashes point for used batteries. off with clean water. Consult a doctor if necessary. ! Have the battery checked regularly at a Wear eye protection. qualified specialist workshop. Observe the service intervals in the Ser- vice Booklet or contact a qualified spe- Keep children away. >> Breakdown assistance. cialist workshop for more information. ! You should have all work involving the battery carried out at a qualified spe- Observe this Owner's Manual. cialist workshop. If, in exceptional circumstances, you need to disconnect the battery yourself, please make sure that: Ryou have switched off the engine and For safety reasons, smart recommends that removed the key. Check to see that you only use batteries which have been tes- there are no indicator lamps lighting ted and approved specifically for your in the instrument cluster. Electronic vehicle by smart. These batteries provide components such as the alternator may increased impact protection to prevent otherwise be damaged. vehicle occupants from suffering acid Ryou have first removed the negative burns should the battery be damaged in the terminal and then the positive termi- event of an accident. nal. Never mix up the terminal clamps. In order for the battery to achieve the max- The vehicle's electronics system may imum possible service life, it must always otherwise be damaged. be sufficiently charged. The battery and the cover of the positive Like other batteries, the vehicle battery terminal clamp must be fitted securely may discharge over time if you do not use during operation. the vehicle. In such cases, have the battery disconnected at a qualified specialist workshop. To maintain the charge, you can Battery (vehicle) 227 also charge the battery with a charger rec- Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before ommended by smart. For more information, charging it or jump-starting. please contact a qualified specialist workshop. ! Only use battery chargers with a maxi- Have the battery charge checked more fre- mum charging voltage of 14.8 V. quently if you use the vehicle mainly for X Open the service cover (Y page 208). short trips or if you leave it standing idle X Connect the battery charger to the posi- for a lengthy period. Consult a qualified tive terminal and earth point in the same specialist workshop if you wish to leave order as when connecting the donor bat- your vehicle parked up for a long period of tery in the jump-starting procedure time. (Y page 228). i When you park the vehicle, remove the If the indicator/warning lamps do not light key if you do not require any electrical up at low temperatures, it is very likely consumers. The vehicle will then use very that the discharged battery has frozen. In little energy, thus conserving battery this case you may neither jump-start the power. vehicle nor charge the battery. The service life of a battery that has been thawed may be reduced. The starting characteristics Charging the battery may be impaired, especially at low tem- WARNING peratures. Have the thawed battery checked G at a qualified specialist workshop. During charging and jump-starting, explosive gases can escape from the battery. Only charge the fitted battery with a bat- There is a risk of an explosion. tery charger which has been tested and approved by smart. A battery charger spe- Particularly avoid fire, naked flames, cre- >> Breakdown assistance. cially adapted for smart vehicles, and tes- ating sparks and smoking. Ensure there is ted and approved by smart, is available as sufficient ventilation while charging and an accessory. It permits the charging of the jump-starting. Do not lean over a battery. battery in its installed position. Contact a smart centre for further information and G WARNING availability. Read the battery charger's Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk of operating instructions before charging injury. the battery. Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Do not breathe in any battery gases. Do not lean over the battery. Keep the batteries out of the reach of children. Immedi- ately rinse off battery acid thoroughly with plenty of clean water and seek medical attention at once.

G WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point. When jump- starting the vehicle or charging the battery, gases can escape from the battery. There is a risk of an explosion.

Z 228 Jump-starting

Jump-starting

G WARNING Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury. Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Do not breathe in any battery gases. Do not lean over the battery. Keep the batteries out of the reach of children. Immediately rinse off battery acid thoroughly with plenty of clean water and seek medical attention at once.

G WARNING During charging and jump-starting, explosive gases can escape from the battery. There is a risk of an explosion. Particularly avoid fire, naked flames, creating sparks and smoking. Ensure there is sufficient ventilation while charging and jump-starting. Do not lean over a battery.

G WARNING During the charging process, a battery produces hydrogen gas. If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created, the hydrogen gas can ignite. There is a risk of an explosion. RMake sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into contact with vehicle parts. RNever place metal objects or tools on a battery. RIt is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery. RWhen jump-starting, make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are con- >> Breakdown assistance. nected. RIt is particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and disconnecting the jump leads. RNever connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running.

G WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point. When jump-starting the vehicle or charging the battery, gases can escape from the battery. There is a risk of an explosion. Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump-starting.

! Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts. Otherwise, the catalytic converter could be damaged by the non-combusted fuel. If the indicator/warning lamps do not light up at low temperatures, it is very likely that the discharged battery has frozen. In this case you may neither jump-start the vehicle nor charge the battery. The service life of a battery that has been thawed may be reduced. The starting characteristics may be impaired, especially at low temperatures. Have the thawed battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop. Jump-starting 229

Do not use a rapid charging device to start the vehicle. If your vehicle's battery is discharged, the engine can be jump-started from another vehicle or from a second battery using jump leads. Observe the following points: RThe battery is not accessible in all vehicles. If the other vehicle's battery is not accessible, jump-start the vehicle using a second battery or a jump-starting device. RYou may only jump-start the vehicle when the engine and exhaust system are cold. RDo not start the engine if the battery is frozen. Let the battery thaw first. RJump-starting may only be performed from batteries with a nominal voltage of 12 V. ROnly use jump leads that have a sufficient cross-section and insulated terminal clamps. RIf the battery is fully discharged, leave the battery that is being used to jump-start connected for a few minutes before attempting to start. This charges the empty battery a little. RMake sure that the two vehicles do not touch. Make sure that: RThe jump leads are not damaged. RBare parts of the terminal clamp do not come into contact with other metal parts while the jump leads are connected to the battery. RThe jump leads cannot come into contact with parts which can move when the engine is running, such as the wiper rods or the fan.

X Secure the vehicle using the parking brake. X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it. >> Breakdown assistance. X Switch off all electrical consumers, e.g. rear window heating, lighting etc. X Open the service cover.

Z 230 Towing and tow-starting

Position number A identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalent jump-starting device.

X Remove the protective cover from positive terminal :. X Connect positive terminal : on your battery to positive terminal ; of donor battery A using the jump lead. Begin with your own battery. X Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed. X Connect negative terminal = of donor battery A to negative terminal ? of your battery using the jump lead. Connect the jump lead to donor battery A first. X Start the engine. X Before disconnecting the jump leads, let the engines run for several minutes. X First disconnect the jump lead from negative terminal ? and negative terminal = and then from positive terminal : and positive terminal ;. Begin each time at the con- tacts on your own vehicle first. X Attach the protective cover to positive terminal :. X Have the battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop. i Jump-starting is not considered to be a normal operating condition. i Jump-starting cables and further information regarding jump-starting can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop.

Towing and tow-starting G WARNING

>> Breakdown assistance. If the steering wheel lock is engaged, the Important safety notes vehicle can no longer be steered. There is a G WARNING risk of an accident. Safety relevant functions are restricted or Always switch on the ignition when towing no longer available if: with a tow rope or a towing bar. Rthe engine is not running WARNING Rthe brake system or power steering is G When towing or tow-starting another vehi- malfunctioning cle and its weight is greater than the per- Rthere is a malfunction in the voltage sup- missible gross weight of your vehicle, the: ply or the vehicle's electrical system Rtowing eye may be torn off When your vehicle is towed away or towed started, you may require considerably more Rcar/trailer combination may swerve or effort to steer and brake. There is a risk of even overturn an accident. There is a risk of an accident. In such cases use a rigid towing bar. Before When towing or tow-starting another vehi- being towed away or tow started, make sure cle, its weight should not be greater than the steering moves freely. the permissible gross weight of your vehicle.

Information on your vehicle's gross vehicle weight rating can be found on the vehicle identification plate (Y page 259). Towing and tow-starting 231

! Observe the following points when tow- locked out when pushing or towing the ing with a tow rope: vehicle. Rsecure the tow rope on the same side on i Vehicles with the basic carrier fitted: both vehicles. Do not tow away the vehicle with the basic Rmake sure that the tow rope is not lon- carrier fitted. ger than legally permitted. Mark the Do not secure the tow cable or tow bar to tow rope in the middle, e.g. with a the basic carrier. white cloth (30 x 30 cm). This makes other road users aware that a vehicle is being towed. Fitting/removing the towing eye Ronly secure the tow rope to the towing eye. Fitting the towing eye Robserve the brake lamps of the towing vehicle while driving. Always maintain a distance so that the tow rope does not sag. Rdo not use steel cables or chains to tow your vehicle. You could otherwise damage the vehicle. ! Do not use the towing eyes for recovery purposes as this could damage the vehicle. If in doubt, recover the vehicle with a crane. ! Pull away smoothly when towing away or >> Breakdown assistance. tow-starting a vehicle. If the tractive power is too high, the vehicles could be damaged. ! You may tow the vehicle for a maximum of 50km. A towing speed of 50 km/h must not be exceeded. For towing distances over 50 km, the entire vehicle must be lifted up and transported. X Remove the towing eye from the stowage Observe the legal requirements for the rel- space. evant countries when towing and tow-start- The towing eye is located in the vehicle ing. tool kit stowage compartment in the It is better to have the vehicle transported front-passenger footwell (Y page 221). than to have it towed. X Carefully prise out cover : using a The battery must be connected and charged. suitable tool, e.g. a plastic wedge. Otherwise, you cannot turn the key to posi- X Screw in the towing eye clockwise to the tion 2 in the ignition lock. stop and tighten it. i Before the vehicle is towed, switch off the automatic locking feature (Y page 69). You could otherwise be

Z 232 Towing and tow-starting

Removing the towing eye X Make sure that the vehicle is stationary. X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition X Loosen the towing eye and unscrew it. lock. X Position top of cover : in the bumper and press it in at the bottom until it X Depress and hold the brake pedal. engages. X Leave the key in position 2 in the igni- X Place the towing eye in the vehicle tool tion lock. kit stowage compartment in the front- X Release the brake pedal. passenger footwell ( page 221). Y X Release the parking brake. X Switch on the hazard warning lamps ( page 90). Towing the vehicle with the rear axle Y raised It is important that you observe the safety instructions when towing away your vehicle When towing your vehicle with the rear axle (Y page 230). raised, it is important that you observe the safety instructions (Y page 230). ! The ignition must be switched off if you Transporting the vehicle are towing the vehicle with the rear axle ! You may only secure the vehicle by the raised. Intervention by ESP® could oth- wheels, not by parts of the vehicle such as erwise damage the brake system. axle or steering components. Otherwise,

X Switch on the hazard warning lamps the vehicle could be damaged. (Y page 90). X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition X Bring the front wheels into the straight- lock.

>> Breakdown assistance. ahead position. As soon as the vehicle is loaded: X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove the key from the ignition X Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by lock. applying the parking brake. X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition X When leaving the vehicle, take the key with you. lock and remove it. X Secure the vehicle. The towing eye can be used to pull the vehi- Towing the vehicle with both axles on cle onto a trailer or transporter for trans- the ground porting purposes. i In order to signal a change of direction when towing with the hazard warning Tow-starting (emergency engine start- lamps switched on, use the combination ing) switch as usual. In this case, only the turn signals for the desired direction i You can find information on "Jump- flash. When you reset the combination starting" at (Y page 228). switch, the hazard warning lamps start Before tow-starting the following condi- flashing again. tions must be fulfilled: Rthe battery is connected. Rthe engine has cooled down. Rthe exhaust system has cooled down. Electrical fuses 233

When tow-starting, it is important that you Always replace faulty fuses with specified observe the safety instructions new fuses of the correct amperage. (Y page 230) and the legal requirements in each respective country. ! Only use fuses that have been approved for smart vehicles and which have the X Switch on the hazard warning lamps correct fuse rating for the system con- (Y page 90). Fit the towing eye ( page 231). cerned. Components or systems could X Y otherwise be damaged. X Secure the rigid towing bar or the towing rope. The fuses in your vehicle serve to discon- Depress and hold the brake pedal. nect faulty circuits. If a fuse blows, all the X components on the circuit and their func- X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition tions will fail. lock. Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of X Depress the clutch pedal fully, engage the same rating, which you can recognise by second gear and keep the clutch pedal the colour and fuse rating. The fuse ratings fully depressed. are listed in the fuse allocation chart Release the brake pedal. X (Y page 235). X Tow-start the vehicle. If the newly inserted fuse also blows, have X Release the clutch pedal slowly; do not the cause traced and rectified at a quali- depress the accelerator pedal while fied specialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes- doing so. Benz Service Centre. X When the engine is started, immediately depress the clutch pedal fully and select neutral. Before replacing a fuse >> Breakdown assistance. X Pull over at a suitable place and stop the X Secure the vehicle against rolling away vehicle safely, paying attention to road (Y page 132). and traffic conditions. X Switch off all electrical consumers. Secure the vehicle against rolling away X X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition with the parking brake. lock and remove it (Y page 115). All indi- X Remove the rigid towing bar or towing cator lamps in the instrument cluster rope. must be off. X Remove the towing eye (Y page 232). The fuses are located in various fuse boxes: Switch off the hazard warning lamps. X RFuse box in the front area RFuse box in the glove compartment Electrical fuses Important safety notes Fuse box in the front area WARNING Pay attention to the "Important safety G notes" ( page 233). If you manipulate, bridge or replace a Y faulty fuse with a fuse of a higher amper- G WARNING age, the electric cables could be overloa- If the windscreen wipers start to move when ded. This may result in a fire. There is a the service cover is open, you could become risk of an accident and injury. caught up in the wiper rods. There is a risk of injury.

Z 234 Electrical fuses

Always switch off the windscreen wipers and the ignition before you open the service cover.

! Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open. ! When closing the cover, make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box. Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses.

X Make sure that the windscreen wipers are X Open the front-passenger door. switched off. X Vehicles with lockable glove compartment: open the glove compartment. X To open: open cover : in the direction of the arrow. X To close: insert and fold in cover : until it engages.

X Vehicles with lockable glove compartment: close the glove compartment.

>> Breakdown assistance. X Open the service cover (Y page 208). You can now see fuse box :.

Fuse box in the glove compartment Fuse box ! Do not use a pointed object such as a screwdriver to open the cover in the dashboard. You could damage the dashboard or the cover. ! Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open. ! When closing the cover, make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box. Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses. Electrical fuses 235

Fuse allocation

No. Consumer Current Colour cod- ing 1 Starter motor 5 A Brown 2 Power steering control unit 5 A Brown 3 Lighting control unit 5 A Brown >> Breakdown assistance. 4 Airbag 5 A Brown 5 ‑ ‑ ‑ 6 Instrument cluster 10 A Red 7 Horn, alarm system 15 A Blue 8 Control unit power supply 10 A Red 9 Control unit power supply 10 A Red 10 Central control unit 20 A Yellow 11 Turn signals 15 A Blue 12 Central control unit 10 A Red 13 Central control unit 15 A Blue 14 ‑ 30 A Green 15 esp® 5 A Brown 16 Interior lighting 10 A Red 17 Immobiliser 3 A Violet

Z 236 Electrical fuses

No. Consumer Current Colour cod- ing 18 Electrical exterior mirror 5 A Brown 19 Brake lamps 10 A Red 20 Parking aid, headlamp settings, Lane Keeping 15 A Blue Assist 21 Engine control unit 5 A Brown 22 Rear window wiper 15 A Blue 23 Starter motor 30 A Green 24 Central locking 40 A Orange 25 Front windscreen wipers 30 A Green 26 Radio 20 A Yellow 27 ‑ ‑ ‑ 28 12 V socket, cigarette lighter 15 A Blue 29 Power supply control unit 5 A Brown 30 Horn 15 A Blue

>> Breakdown assistance. 31 ‑ 10 A Red 32 Central locking 15 A Blue 33 Tail lamps, hazard warning lamp button, lock- 25 A Cyan ing button, headlamp range control, power windows, licence plate lighting, radio, control panel for air-conditioning system, cruise control, limiter, parking aid button, program selector button, tailgate unlocking, Lane Keep- ing Assist camera, automatic start/stop system button 34 Headlamps, daytime driving lamps 25 A Cyan 35 Headlamps, daytime driving lamps 25 A Cyan 36 ‑ ‑ ‑ 37 ‑ ‑ ‑ 38 ‑ ‑ ‑ 39 ‑ ‑ ‑ 40 ‑ ‑ ‑ Electrical fuses 237

No. Consumer Current Colour cod- ing 41 ‑ ‑ ‑ 42 ‑ ‑ 43 Exterior mirror heating 5 A Brown 44 Anti-entrapment feature 25 A Cyan 45 Transmission control unit 5 A Brown 46 Radio amplifier 20 A Yellow 47 ‑ ‑ ‑ 48 ‑ ‑ ‑ 49 ‑ ‑ >> Breakdown assistance.

Z 238 239

Useful information ...... 240 Important safety notes ...... 240 Operation ...... 240 Winter operation ...... 242 Tyre pressure ...... 243 Changing a wheel ...... 247 Wheel and tyre combinations ...... 252 >> Wheels and tyres. 240 Operation

Useful information Before purchasing and using non-approved accessories, visit a qualified specialist i This Owner's Manual describes all mod- workshop and enquire about: els, series and optional equipment for Rsuitability your vehicle that were available at the Rlegal stipulations time of going to press. Country-specific Rfactory recommendations differences are possible. Note that your vehicle may not be fitted with all fea- Information on dimensions and types of tures described. This is also the case for wheels and tyres for your vehicle systems and functions relevant to safety. (Y page 252). Information on air pressure for the tyres on i Read the information on qualified spe- your vehicle can be found: cialist workshops: (Y page 21). Ron the tyre pressure information label on the driver's side B-pillar

Important safety notes Runder "Tyre pressure" (Y page 243) Modification work on the brake system and G WARNING wheels is not permitted. The use of wheel If wheels and tyres of the wrong size are spacers or brake dust shields is not per- used, the wheel brakes or suspension com- mitted. This invalidates the general oper- ponents may be damaged. There is a risk of ating permit for the vehicle. an accident. i Further information on wheels and Always replace wheels and tyres with those tyres can be obtained at any qualified that fulfil the specifications of the orig- specialist workshop. inal part. When replacing wheels, make sure to fit the correct: Operation >> Wheels and tyres. Rdesignation Information on driving Rtype RCheck the tyre pressures when the vehicle When replacing tyres, make sure to fit the is heavily laden and, if necessary, adjust correct: before starting your journey. Rdesignation RWhile driving, pay attention to vibra- Rmanufacturer tions, noises and unusual handling char- Rtype acteristics, e.g. pulling to one side. This may indicate that the wheels or Warning tyres are damaged. If you suspect that a G tyre is defective, reduce your speed A flat tyre severely impairs the driving, immediately. Stop the vehicle as soon as steering and braking characteristics of possible to check the wheels and tyres for the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident. damage. Hidden tyre damage could also Do not drive with a flat tyre. Immediately be causing the unusual handling charac- replace the flat tyre with your spare wheel, teristics. If you find no signs of damage, or consult a qualified specialist workshop. have the tyres and wheels checked at a qualified specialist workshop. Accessories that are not approved for your vehicle by smart or that are not being used RWhen parking your vehicle, make sure correctly can impair the driving safety. that the tyres do not get deformed by the Operation 241

kerb or other obstacles. If it is neces- Adjust the tyre pressure as necessary sary to drive over kerbs, speed humps or (Y page 243). similar elevations, try to do so slowly The service life of tyres depends on vari- and at an obtuse angle. Otherwise, the ous factors, including the following: tyres, particularly the sidewalls, may be Rdriving style damaged. Rtyre pressure Rmileage Regular checking of wheels and tyres

G WARNING Notes on tyre profile Damaged tyres can cause tyre inflation pressure loss. As a result, you could lose G WARNING control of your vehicle. There is a risk of Insufficient tyre tread will reduce tyre accident. traction. The tyre is no longer able to dis- Check the tyres regularly for signs of dam- sipate water. This means that on wet road age and replace any damaged tyres imme- surfaces, the risk of aquaplaning increa- diately. ses, in particular where speed is not adapted to suit the driving conditions. There is Regularly check the wheels and tyres of a risk of accident. your vehicle for damage, at least once a If the tyre pressure is too high or too low, month, as well as after driving on rough tyres may exhibit different levels of wear roads. Damaged wheels can cause a loss of at different locations on the tyre tread. tyre pressure. Pay particular attention to Thus, you should regularly check the tread damage such as: depth and the condition of the tread across Rcuts in the tyres the entire width of all tyres. Rpunctures in the tyres Minimum tyre tread depth for: Rtears in the tyres Rsummer tyres: 3 mm >> Wheels and tyres. Rbulges on tyres RM+S tyres: 4 mm Rdeformation or severe corrosion on For safety reasons, replace the tyres before wheels the legally prescribed limit for the mini- Regularly check the tyre tread depth and mum tyre tread depth is reached. the condition of the tread across the whole width of the tyre (Y page 241). If necessary, turn the front wheels to full lock in order to Selecting, fitting and replacing tyres inspect the inner side of the tyre surface. WARNING All wheels must have a valve cap to protect G Exceeding the stated tyre load-bearing the valve against dirt and moisture. Do not capacity and the approved maximum speed fit anything onto the valve other than the could lead to tyre damage or the tyre burst- standard valve cap or other valve caps ing. There is a risk of accident. approved for your vehicle by smart. Do not fit any other valve caps or systems, e.g. Therefore, only use tyre types and sizes tyre pressure monitoring systems. approved for your vehicle model. Observe the tyre load rating and speed rating Regularly check the pressure of all the required for your vehicle. tyres, particularly prior to long trips.

Z 242 Winter operation

Pay special attention to the country-spe- nently. smart cannot accept responsibility cific requirements for tyre approval. for this type of damage. These requirements can stipulate a specific tyre type for your vehicle. Further- G WARNING more, the use of certain tyre types in cer- Damaged tyres can cause tyre inflation tain regions and areas of operation can be pressure loss. As a result, you could lose highly beneficial. You can find further control of your vehicle. There is a risk of information regarding tyres at specialist accident. tyre retailers, at qualified specialist Check the tyres regularly for signs of dam- workshops or at any smart centre. age and replace any damaged tyres imme- ROnly fit tyres and wheels of the same type diately. and make. Exception: it is permissible to fit a different type or make in the event of a flat M+S tyres tyre. G WARNING ROnly fit tyres of the correct size onto the M+S tyres with a tyre tread depth of less wheels. than 4 mm are not suitable for use in winter RRun in new tyres at moderate speeds for as they do not provide sufficient traction. the first 100 km. They only reach their There is a risk of accident. full performance after this distance. M+S tyres with a tread depth of less than RDo not drive with tyres which have too 4 mm must be replaced. little tread depth. This otherwise significantly reduces the traction on wet At temperatures below +7 † use winter roads (aquaplaning). tyres marked with M+S. RReplace the tyres after six years at the Only winter tyres bearing the i snow- latest, regardless of wear. flake symbol in addition to the M+S mark-

>> Wheels and tyres. ing provide the best possible grip in wintry road conditions. Only these tyres will Winter operation allow driving safety systems such as ABS and ESP® to function optimally in winter. General notes These tyres have been developed specifi- Have your vehicle winterproofed at a cally for driving in snow. qualified specialist workshop at the onset Use M+S tyres of the same make and tread on of winter. all wheels to maintain safe handling char- Observe the notes in the "Changing a acteristics. wheel" section (Y page 247). Always observe the maximum permissible speed specified for the M+S tyres you have fitted. Therefore, only use tyre types and Driving with summer tyres sizes approved for smart. Observe the tyre At temperatures below +7 †, summer tyres load rating and speed rating required for lose elasticity and therefore traction and smart. braking power. Change the tyres on your Tyres with a specified direction of rota- vehicle to M+S tyres. Using summer tyres at tion have additional benefits, e.g. if there very cold temperatures could cause tears to is a risk of aquaplaning. These advantages form, thereby damaging the tyres perma- can only be gained if the tyres are fitted Tyre pressure 243 corresponding to the direction of rota- contact the smart centre or a qualified tion. specialist workshop. An arrow on the sidewall of the tyre indi- If you intend to fit snow chains, please bear cates its correct direction of rotation. the following points in mind: If you fit M+S tyres that have a lower max- Rsnow chains cannot be fitted to all imum permissible speed than that of the wheel-tyre combinations. Permissible vehicle, affix an appropriate warning sign wheel-tyre combinations (Y page 252). in the driver's field of vision. This can be Ronly use snow chains when the road sur- obtained at a qualified specialist work- face is completely snow-covered. Remove shop. the snow chains as soon as possible when Under these circumstances, you should also you come to a road that is not snow-cov- use the speed limiter to restrict the max- ered. imum speed of the vehicle so that it does Rlocal regulations may restrict the use of not exceed the maximum permissible speed snow chains. Observe the appropriate for the M+S tyres (Y page 141). regulations if you wish to fit snow When you have fitted the M+S tyres: chains. R X Check the tyre pressures (Y page 243). do not exceed the maximum permissible speed of 50 km/h. X Restart the tyre pressure monitor (vehicles with black and white display) ( page 246). Y Tyre pressure X Restart the tyre pressure monitor (vehicles with colour display) (Y page 246). Tyre pressure specifications

G WARNING Snow chains Underinflated or overinflated tyres pose the following risks: WARNING >> Wheels and tyres. G Rthe tyres may burst, especially as the If you have fitted snow chains to the front load and vehicle speed increase. wheels, they may scrape against the vehicle Rthe tyres may wear excessively and/or body or chassis components. This could unevenly, which may greatly impair tyre cause damage to the vehicle or the tyres. traction. There is a risk of an accident. Rthe driving characteristics, as well as To avoid hazardous situations: steering and braking, may be greatly Rnever fit snow chains on the front wheels impaired. Rfit snow chains to the rear wheels in There is a risk of an accident. pairs. Observe the recommended tyre pressure and check the tyre pressure of all the tyres: ! Vehicles with steel wheels: if you fit snow chains on steel wheels, you may Rat least every two weeks damage the hub caps. Remove the hub caps Rwhen the load changes from the relevant wheels before fitting Rbefore embarking on a longer journey the snow chains. Rfor changed operating conditions, e.g. smart recommends that you only use snow off-road driving chains that have been specially approved If necessary, correct the tyre pressure. for smart. For more information, please

Z 244 Tyre pressure

G WARNING If you mount unsuitable accessories onto tyre valves, the tyre valves may be overloa- ded and malfunction, which can cause tyre pressure loss. Aftermarket tyre pressure monitoring systems will cause the tyre valve to remain open. This can also result in tyre pressure loss. There is a risk of an accident. Only screw standard valve caps or valve caps specifically approved by smart for If a tyre size precedes a tyre pressure, the your vehicle onto the tyre valve. following tyre pressure information is only valid for that tyre size. WARNING G Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the If the tyre pressure drops repeatedly, the tyre pressure. The outer appearance of a wheel, valve or tyre may be damaged. Tyre tyre does not permit any reliable conclu- pressure that is too low may result in a tyre sion about the tyre pressure. blow-out. There is a risk of accident. If possible, only correct tyre pressures RCheck the tyre for foreign objects. when the tyres are cold. RCheck whether the wheel is losing air or The tyres are cold: the valve is leaking. If you are unable to rectify the damage, Rif the vehicle has been parked with the contact a qualified specialist workshop. tyres out of direct sunlight for at least three hours and Rif the vehicle has not been driven further H Environmental note Check the tyre pressure regularly, at least than 2 km >> Wheels and tyres. every 14 days. Depending on the ambient temperature, the speed at which you are driving and the load You will find a table with the recommended on the tyres, the tyre temperature and thus tyre pressure on the tyre pressure infor- the tyre pressure change by approximately: mation label on the driver's side B-pillar. 10 kPa per 10 † (0.1 bar/1.5 psi). Take this The tyre pressure information label may into account when checking the pressure of also state tyre pressures for different load warm tyres. Only correct the tyre pressure conditions. These are defined in the table if it is too low for the current operating as different numbers of passengers and conditions. amounts of luggage. The actual number of Driving with tyre pressure that is too high seats may vary; for more information, or too low can: please refer to the vehicle's registration Rshorten the service life of the tyres documents. Rcause increased tyre damage If tyre sizes are not specified, the tyre Rhave a negative effect on handling char- pressures stated on the tyre pressure acteristics and thus the driving safety information label apply for all tyres (e.g. aquaplaning) approved for this vehicle. Tyre pressure 245

Tyre pressure monitor The tyre pressure monitor has a yellow warning lamp in the instrument cluster for General notes indicating a pressure loss or malfunction. If a tyre pressure monitor system is fitted, Depending on how the warning lamp flashes the vehicle's wheels have sensors fitted or lights up, a tyre pressure that is too low that monitor the tyre pressures in all four or a malfunction in the tyre pressure mon- tyres. The tyre pressure monitor warns you itor is indicated: if the pressure drops in one or more of the Rif the warning lamp is lit continuously, tyres. The tyre pressure monitor only func- the tyre pressure on one or more tyres is tions if the corresponding sensors are fit- significantly too low. The tyre pressure ted to all wheels. monitor is not malfunctioning. Rif the warning lamp flashes for around a Important safety notes minute and then remains lit constantly, It is the driver's responsibility to set the the tyre pressure monitor is malfunc- tyre pressure to the recommended cold tyre tioning. pressure suitable for the operating situa- i On-board computer with colour dis- tion (Y page 243). Note that the correct tyre play: In addition to the warning lamp, a pressure for the current operating situa- message appears in the display. tion must first be taught-in to the tyre Observe the information on display mes- pressure monitor. If there is a substantial sages ( page 178). loss of pressure, the warning threshold for Y the warning message is aligned to the ref- If the tyre pressure monitor is malfunc- erence values taught-in. Restart the tyre tioning, it may take up to ten minutes for pressure monitor after adjusting to the the tyre pressure warning lamp to inform cold tyre pressure. The current pressures you of the malfunction. The malfunction are saved as new reference values. This will be indicated first by the tyre pressure warning lamp flashing for approximately

will ensure that a warning message will >> Wheels and tyres. only appear if the tyre pressure drops sig- one minute and then remaining lit. When nificantly. the fault has been rectified, the tyre pressure warning lamp goes out after you have The tyre pressure monitor does not warn you driven for a few minutes. of an incorrectly set tyre pressure. Observe the notes on the recommended tyre The operation of the tyre pressure monitor pressure ( page 243). can be affected by interference from radio Y transmitting equipment (e.g. cordless The tyre pressure monitor is not able to headphones, two-way radios) that may be warn you of a sudden loss of pressure, e.g. being operated in or near the vehicle. if the tyre is penetrated by a foreign object. In the event of a sudden loss of pressure, bring the vehicle to a halt by Tyre pressure monitor warning (on- braking carefully. Avoid abrupt steering board computer with monochrome dis- manoeuvres. play) If the tyre pressure monitor detects a pressure loss in one or more tyres, the yellow warning light in the tyre pressure monitor lights up. If the tyre pressure in one or more tyres suddenly sinks, a warning tone also sounds.

Z 246 Tyre pressure

Observe the instructions and safety notes wheels is correctly set for the operating for the indicator and warning lamps in the conditions. instrument cluster in the "Tyres" section Also observe the notes in the section on ( page 192). Y tyre pressures (Y page 243). Tyre pressure monitor warning messages On-board computer with a monochrome dis- (on-board computer with colour display) play If the tyre pressure monitor detects a pres- X To restart the tyre pressure monitor: sure loss in one or more tyres, a warning press the ´ button on the multifunc- message is shown in the display. The yellow tion lever repeatedly until the warning light in the tyre pressure monitor ° h symbols are displayed. lights up. For certain display messages a X Press and hold the a button on the warning tone also sounds. multifunction lever. The ° h symbols flash for about 5 RIf the Correct tyre pressure message seconds. The symbols then both remain appears in the display, the tyre pressure lit. in at least one tyre is too low. Correct the tyre pressure at the next opportunity. The tyre pressure monitor is restarted. RIf the Tyre pressure Caution tyre On-board computer with a colour display malfunction message appears in the To restart the tyre pressure monitor: display, the tyre pressure in one or more X press the 9 or : button on the tyres has dropped suddenly and the tyres steering wheel to select the must be checked. Settings menu and press a on the steering Observe the instructions and safety notes wheel to confirm. for the display messages in the "Tyres" X Press the 9 or : button to select section (Y page 178) and the indicator and warning lamps in the instrument cluster in the Tyre pressure monitor submenu

>> Wheels and tyres. and confirm with a. the "Tyres" section (Y page 192). The Tyre pressure monitor Adopt Restarting the tyre pressure monitor current pressures as new reference values? message appears in the display. When you restart the tyre pressure monitor, all existing warning messages are deleted If you wish to confirm the restart: and the warning lamps go out. The monitor X Press the 9 or : button to select uses the currently set tyre pressures as the yes and press the a button to confirm. reference values for monitoring. In most The Tyre pressure monitor restarted cases, the tyre pressure monitor will auto- message appears in the display. matically detect the new reference values X Press a to confirm. after you have changed the tyre pressure. After a short while, the message is also However, you can also define reference val- hidden without pressing the but- ues manually as described here. The tyre a ton. pressure monitor then monitors the new After you have driven for a few minutes, tyre pressure values. the system checks whether the current X Using the tyre pressure information tyre pressures are within the specified label on the driver's side B-pillar, range. The new tyre pressures are then ensure that the tyre pressure of all four accepted as reference values and moni- tored. Changing a wheel 247 i If the Tyre pressure monitor Country Radio type approval number restarted message does not appear after approximately 5 seconds, the restart was Jordan Model: Gen Alpha Wal 2 TPMS not successful. If this occurs, repeat the transmitter restart. Type Approval Number: If you wish to cancel the restart: TRC/LPD/2012/114 Model: Gen Gamma Gen Press the 9 or : button to select X 4 433.92 MHz. no and press the a button to confirm. The tyre pressure values stored at the Type Approval Number: last restart will continue to be moni- TRC/LPD/2012/190 tored. Model: Corax 3 MRXMC34MA4 Type Approval Number: Radio type approval for the tyre pressure TRC/LPD/2011/158 monitor Type Number: LPD

Country Radio type approval number Morocco MR7319 ANRT 2012/ 11/07/2012 MR7672 ANRT 2012/ 23/11/2012 Argen- MW2433A MR6706 ANRT 2011 tina H-12337 GG4 Moldova 1024 H-12338 Philip- No: ESD-1206394C pines Brazil 2770-12-8001 No: ESD-1306871C Model: MW2433A Serbia И 011 12 0381-13-8001 Singa- Compliance with IDA Stand- Model: GG4 pore ard DA- 103365 >> Wheels and tyres. Abu TRA, Registered-NO South TA-2012/719 Dhabi ER0092100/12 Africa TA-2012/1540 Dubai TRA, Registered-NO TA-2011/1370 ER0099792/12 TRA, Registered-NO ER0076990/11 Changing a wheel Dealer-NO: DA0047074/10 Flat tyres You can find information on what to do in the event of flat tyre in the "Flat tyre" section (Y page 221).

Interchanging the wheels

G WARNING Never interchange the front and rear wheels as they have different dimensions, e.g. size, offset etc. Otherwise, there could be a

Z 248 Changing a wheel

negative effect on the road holding and you Storing wheels could endanger yourself or others. Store wheels in a cool, dry and preferably ! On vehicles fitted with a tyre pressure dark place if they are not being used. Pro- monitor, electronic components are tect the tyres against oil, grease, petrol located in the wheel. and diesel. Tyre-fitting tools should not be applied in the area of the valve, as this could Fitting a wheel damage the electronic components. Only have tyres changed at a qualified Preparing the vehicle specialist workshop. X Make sure that you have the appropriate Various types of steel wheel can be fitted tyre-changing tools. For further infor- on your vehicle. Some steel wheels have a mation enquire at any smart centre. red mark in the hub cap area. The hub cap i Necessary tyre-changing tools can has to be removed to see the red mark, see include, for example: "Raising the vehicle" in the "Wheel Rjack change" section (Y page 249). When changing the wheels, always fit wheels of the Rwheel chock same type on all axles. Rwheel wrench

Interchanging the front and rear wheels of X Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slippery differing dimensions can render the gen- and level ground. eral operating permit invalid. X Apply the parking brake (Y page 133). Always pay attention to the instructions X Bring the front wheels into the straight- and safety notes when changing a wheel ahead position. (Y page 247). X Depress the clutch pedal fully and engage The wear patterns on the front and rear first or reverse gear. >> Wheels and tyres. tyres differ, depending on the operating Switch off the engine. conditions. Front tyres typically wear X more on the shoulders and the rear tyres in X Remove the key from the ignition lock. the centre. X Also secure the vehicle against rolling Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel and away. the brake disc thoroughly every time a wheel is interchanged. Check the tyre Securing the vehicle against rolling pressure and reactivate the tyre pressure away monitor if necessary.

Direction of rotation Tyres with a specified direction of rotation have additional benefits, e.g. if there is a risk of aquaplaning. These advantages can only be gained if the direction of rotation is observed during fitting. An arrow on the sidewall of the tyre indicates its correct direction of rotation. Changing a wheel 249

X On level ground: place chocks or other Ravoid changing the wheel on uphill and suitable items under the front and rear of downhill slopes. the wheel that is diagonally opposite the Rbefore raising the vehicle, secure it wheel you wish to change. from rolling away by applying the parking brake and inserting wheel chocks. Never disengage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised. Rthe jack must be placed on a firm, flat and non-slip surface. On a loose surface, a large, flat load-bearing underlay must be used. On a slippery surface, a non- slip underlay must be used, e.g. rubber mats. Rdo not use wooden blocks or similar objects as a jack underlay. Otherwise, X On light downhill gradients: place the jack will not be able to achieve its chocks or other suitable items in front of load-bearing capacity due to the the wheels of the front and rear axle. restricted height. Rmake sure that the distance between the Raising the vehicle underside of the tyres and the ground does not exceed 3 cm. WARNING G Rnever place your hands or feet under the If you do not position the jack correctly at raised vehicle. the appropriate jacking point of the vehi- Rdo not lie under the vehicle. cle, the jack could tip over with the vehicle Rdo not start the engine when the vehicle raised. There is a risk of injury. is raised. Only position the jack at the appropriate Rdo not open or close a door or the tailgate >> Wheels and tyres. jacking point of the vehicle. The base of the while the vehicle is raised. jack must be positioned vertically, directly under the jacking point of the Rmake sure that no persons are present in vehicle. the vehicle when the vehicle is raised.

Observe the following when raising the vehicle: Rmake sure you have a suitable jack and wheel wrench. If the jack is used incorrectly, it could tip over while the vehicle is raised. For further information enquire at any smart centre. Rthe jack is designed only to raise and hold the vehicle for a short time while a Steel wheel with wheel trim wheel is being changed. It is not suited for performing maintenance work under X Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps: the vehicle. carefully reach into two of the hub cap openings and remove the hub cap.

Z 250 Changing a wheel

identify the jacking points by the triangular indentations on the sill. To avoid damage, position the jack centrally under the triangular indentations.

Steel wheel with hub cap

X Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps: remove the hub cap.

X Position jack ; centrally under the triangular indentations at jacking points on the sill :.

X Using wheel wrench :, loosen the bolts on the wheel you wish to change by about >> Wheels and tyres. one full turn. Do not unscrew the bolts completely. Example

X Make sure that the base of the jack is positioned vertically under the jacking point.

X Raise the vehicle with jack ; until the tyre is at most 3 cm off the ground.

Removing a wheel ! Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt. The threads of the wheel bolts and wheel The vehicle may only be raised at the des- hubs could otherwise be damaged when ignated jacking points on the sill. the bolts are tightened. The jacking points are located just behind the front wheel arches and just in front of X Unscrew the wheel bolts. the rear wheel arches (arrows). You can X Remove the wheel. Changing a wheel 251

Fitting a new wheel X Tighten the wheel bolts until they are finger-tight. G WARNING Oiled or greased wheel bolts or damaged Lowering the vehicle wheel bolts/hub threads can cause the wheel bolts to come loose. As a result, you could G WARNING lose a wheel while driving. There is a risk The wheels could work loose if the wheel of accident. nuts and bolts are not tightened to the Never oil or grease wheel bolts. In the event specified tightening torque. There is a of damage to the threads, contact a quali- risk of accident. fied specialist workshop immediately. Have the tightening torque immediately Have the damaged wheel bolts or hub threads checked at a qualified specialist workshop replaced/renewed. Do not continue driv- after a wheel is changed. ing.

G WARNING If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is raised, the jack could tip over. There is a risk of injury. Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is on the ground.

Always pay attention to the instructions and safety notices in "Changing a wheel" (Y page 247). Only use wheel bolts that are designed for X Lower the vehicle until it is once again the wheel and the vehicle. For safety rea- standing firmly on the ground. sons, smart recommends that you only use X Place the jack to one side. >> Wheels and tyres. wheel bolts which have been approved for X Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a smart vehicles and the respective wheel. crosswise pattern in the sequence indicated (: to ?). The tightening torque must be 105 Nm.

X Check the air pressure of the newly fitted wheel and adjust accordingly. Observe the recommended tyre pressure (Y page 243). i Vehicles with tyre pressure control system: all fitted wheels must be equipped with functioning sensors.

X Clean the wheel and wheel hub contact surfaces.

X Place the new wheel on the wheel hub and push it on.

Z 252 Wheel and tyre combinations

smart accepts no liability for damage resulting from the use of tyres or wheels other than those tested and approved. Information on wheels and tyres can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. a smart centre. ! Retreaded tyres have not been tested by smart and the fitment of such tyres is not recommended. Previous damage sus- tained by the tyres (before the retread- Steel wheel with wheel trim ing process) cannot always be recog- Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps: nised. As a result, smart cannot guaran- X tee vehicle safety if retreaded tyres are fit hub cap A so that tyre valve B is not trapped. fitted. X Press the hub cap A evenly onto the ! Large wheels: the lower the section wheel with both hands. width for a certain wheel size, the lower the ride comfort is on poor road surfa- X Check to make sure the hub cap A is seated safely on the wheel. ces. Roll comfort and suspension comfort are reduced and the risk of damage to the Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps: X wheels and tyres as a result of driving fit the hub cap. over obstacles increases. Overview of abbreviations used in the fol- Wheel and tyre combinations lowing tyre tables: RBA: both axles General notes RFA: front axle

>> Wheels and tyres. ! For safety reasons, smart recommends RRA: rear axle that you only use tyres and wheels which You will find a table with the recommended have been specifically approved by tyre pressures on the tyre pressure infor- smart for your vehicle. These are spe- mation label on the driver's side B-pillar. cially adapted to the control systems, For further information on tyre pressure, such as ABS or ESP®. see (Y page 243). Check tyre pressures reg- Only use tyres and wheels specifically ularly and only when the tyres are cold. tested and approved by smart. Certain Notes on the vehicle equipment – always fit characteristics, e.g. handling, vehicle the vehicle: noise emissions or fuel consumption, may otherwise be adversely affected. In Rwith tyres of the same size on a given axle addition, when driving with a load, (left/right) dimensional variations and different Rwith the same type of tyres on all wheels tyre deformation characteristics could at a given time (summer tyres, winter cause the tyres to make contact with the tyres) bodywork and axle components. This Exception: it is permissible to fit a dif- could result in damage to the tyres or the ferent type or make in the event of a flat vehicle. tyre. i Not all wheel/tyre combinations can be fitted at the factory in all countries. Wheel and tyre combinations 253

Tyres smart fortwo coupé 45 kW

Summer tyres R 15

Tyres Wheels FA: 165/65 R15 81 T5 Steel wheels: RA: 185/60 R15 84 T FA: 5.0 J x 15 H2 ET 32 RA: 5.5 J x 15 H2 ET 42 Light-alloy wheels: FA: 5.0 J x 15 CH ET 32 RA: 5.5 J x 15 CH ET 42 FA: 165/65 R15 81 H5 Steel wheels: RA: 185/60 R15 84 H FA: 5.0 J x 15 H2 ET 32 RA: 5.5 J x 15 H2 ET 42 Light-alloy wheels: FA: 5.0 J x 15 CH ET 32 RA: 5.5 J x 15 CH ET 42

R 16

Tyres Wheels

5 FA: 185/50 R16 81 H Light-alloy wheels: >> Wheels and tyres. RA: 205/45 R16 83 H5 FA: 6.0 J x 16 CH ET 44 RA: 6.5 J x 16 CH ET 40

Winter tyres R 15

Tyres Wheels FA: 165/65 R15 81 T M+Si5 Steel wheels: RA: 185/60 R15 84 T M+Si FA: 5.0 J x 15 H2 ET 32 RA: 5.5 J x 15 H2 ET 42 Light-alloy wheels: FA: 5.0 J x 15 CH ET 32 RA: 5.5 J x 15 CH ET 42

5 Use of snow chains not permitted. Observe the notes in the section “Snow chains”.

Z 254 Wheel and tyre combinations

smart fortwo coupé 52 kW

Summer tyres R 15

R 16

Tyres Wheels FA: 185/50 R16 81 H5 Light-alloy wheels: RA: 205/45 R16 83 H5 FA: 6.0 J x 16 CH ET 44 >> Wheels and tyres. RA: 6.5 J x 16 CH ET 40

Winter tyres R 15

Tyres Wheels FA: 165/65 R15 81 T M+Si5 Steel wheels: RA: 185/60 R15 84 T M+Si FA: 5.0 J x 15 H2 ET 32 RA: 5.5 J x 15 H2 ET 42 Light-alloy wheels: FA: 5.0 J x 15 CH ET 32 RA: 5.5 J x 15 CH ET 42

5 Use of snow chains not permitted. Observe the notes in the section “Snow chains”. Wheel and tyre combinations 255 smart fortwo coupé 66 kW Turbo

Summer tyres R 15

R 16

Tyres Wheels FA: 185/50 R16 81 H5 Light-alloy wheels: RA: 205/45 R16 83 H5 FA: 6.0 J x 16 CH ET 44 RA: 6.5 J x 16 CH ET 40 >> Wheels and tyres.

Winter tyres R 15

Tyres Wheels FA: 165/65 R15 81 T M+Si5 Steel wheels: RA: 185/60 R15 84 T M+Si FA: 5.0 J x 15 H2 ET 32 RA: 5.5 J x 15 H2 ET 42 Light-alloy wheels: FA: 5.0 J x 15 CH ET 32 RA: 5.5 J x 15 CH ET 42

5 Use of snow chains not permitted. Observe the notes in the section “Snow chains”.

Z 256 257

Useful information ...... 258 Information on technical data ...... 258 Vehicle electronics ...... 258 Identification plates ...... 259 Service products and capacities ...... 260 Vehicle data ...... 265 >> Technical data. 258 Vehicle electronics

Useful information Retrofitting two-way radios and mobile phones (RF transmitters) i This Owner's Manual describes all models, series and optional equipment for G WARNING your vehicle that were available at the If RF transmitters are tampered with or not time of going to press. Country-specific properly retrofitted, the electromagnetic differences are possible. Note that your radiation they emit can interfere with the vehicle may not be fitted with all fea- vehicle electronics. This may jeopardise tures described. This is also the case for the operational safety of the vehicle. There systems and functions relevant to safety. is a risk of an accident. You should have all work on electrical and Read the information on qualified spe- i electronic components carried out at a cialist workshops: ( page 21). Y qualified specialist workshop.

WARNING Information on technical data G If you operate RF transmitters incorrectly General notes in the vehicle, the electromagnetic radiation could interfere with the vehicle elec- You can find current technical data on the tronics, e.g.: Internet on our smart homepage. Rif the RF transmitter is not connected to i The technical data was determined in an exterior aerial accordance with EC Directives. All data applies to the vehicle's standard equip- Rthe exterior aerial has been fitted ment. The data may therefore differ for incorrectly or is not a low-reflection vehicles with optional equipment. For type further information enquire at any smart This could jeopardise the operating safety centre. of the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident. Have the low-reflection exterior aerial Vehicle electronics fitted at a qualified specialist workshop. >> Technical data. When operating RF transmitters in the Tampering with the engine electronics vehicle, always connect them to the low- ! Only have work carried out on the reflection exterior aerial. engine electronics and its associated parts, such as control units, sensors, ! The operating permit may be invalida- actuating components and connector ted if the instructions for installation leads, at a qualified specialist work- and use of RF transmitters are not shop. Vehicle components may otherwise observed. wear more quickly and the vehicle's In particular, the following conditions operating permit may be invalidated. must be complied with: Ronly approved wavebands may be used. Robserve the maximum permissible output in these wavebands. Ronly approved aerial positions may be used. Identification plates 259

Excessive levels of electromagnetic radi- The maximum transmission output (PEAK) at ation may cause damage to your health and the base of the aerial must not exceed the to the health of others. The use of an exte- following values: rior aerial takes into consideration the scientific discussion surrounding the Waveband Maximum possible health risk posed by electromag- transmission netic fields. output The following aerial positions may be used Tetra 20 W if RF transmitters have been properly 380 - 410 MHz installed: Mobile communica- 6 W tions generation 2G/3G/4G

The following can be used in the vehicle without restrictions: RRF transmitters with a maximum transmission output of up to 100 mW RMobile phones (2G/3G/4G) There are no restrictions when positioning Approved aerial positions the aerial on the outside of the vehicle for : Front roof area the following wavebands: ; Rear roof area RTetra Use Technical Specification ISO/TS 21609 RMobile communications (2G/3G/4G) (Road Vehicles – "EMC guidelines for fitting aftermarket radio frequency transmitting equipment") when retrofitting RF Identification plates (radio frequency) transmitters. Comply Vehicle identification plate with with the legal requirements for add-on vehicle identification number (VIN) >> Technical data. parts. If your vehicle has fittings for two-way radio equipment, use the power supply or aerial connections intended for use with the basic wiring. Be sure to observe the manufacturer's additional instructions when installing. Deviations with respect to wavebands, maximum transmission outputs or aerial positions must be approved by Mercedes- Benz.

X Open the front-passenger door. You will see vehicle identification plate :.

Z 260 Service products and capacities

X Slide the right-hand front seat to its rearmost position. X Fold up floor covering : in front of the right-hand front seat. You will see VIN ;. The VIN can also be found on the vehicle identification plate (Y page 259).

Engine number Example: vehicle identification plate The engine number is stamped onto the : Vehicle identification plate crankcase. You can obtain further infor- ; Paint code mation from any qualified specialist = Vehicle manufacturer workshop. ? EU type approval number A Vehicle identification number (VIN) Service products and capacities B Maximum permissible gross vehicle weight Important safety notes C Maximum permissible front axle load WARNING D Maximum permissible rear axle load G Service product can be poisonous and haz- i The data shown on the vehicle identi- ardous to health. There is a risk of injury. fication plate is example data. This data Observe the instructions on the respective is different for every vehicle and can original container when using, storing and deviate from the data shown here. You can disposing off service products. Always find the data applicable to your vehicle store service products in the sealed orig- on the vehicle's identification plate. inal container. Always keep service products out of the reach of children. >> Technical data. Vehicle identification number (VIN) H Environmental note Dispose of service products in an environmentally-responsible manner.

Service products include the following: RFuels RLubricants (e.g. engine oil, transmission oil) RCoolant RBrake fluid RWindscreen washer fluid RClimate control system refrigerant Components and service products must be matched. smart recommends that you use products tested and approved by smart. Service products and capacities 261

They are listed in this smart Owner's Man- RIf fuel is swallowed, seek immediate ual in the appropriate section. medical attention. Do not induce vomit- You can identify service products approved ing. by Mercedes-Benz by the following RChange any clothing that has come into inscriptions on the container: contact with fuel immediately. RMB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51) RMB Approval (e.g. MB Approval 229.51) Tank capacity Other designations or recommendations indicate a level of quality or a specifica- Model Total capa- tion in accordance with an MB Sheet Number city (e.g. MB 229.5). They have not necessarily All models 28.0 l been approved by Mercedes-Benz. or i For further information enquire at any 34.0 l smart centre.

Model Of which Fuel reserve fuel Important safety notes All models Approx. 5.0 l G WARNING Fuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuel Petrol incorrectly, there is a risk of fire and explosion. Fuel grade You must avoid fire, naked flames, creating ! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles sparks and smoking. Switch off the engine with a petrol engine. Do not switch on the and, if applicable, the auxiliary heating ignition if you accidentally refuel with before refuelling. the wrong fuel. Otherwise, the fuel will enter the fuel system. Even small amounts >> Technical data. G WARNING of the wrong fuel can result in damage to Fuels are poisonous and hazardous to the fuel system and the engine. Notify a health. There is a danger of injury. qualified specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained com- Do not swallow fuel or let it come into con- pletely. tact with skin, eyes or clothing. Do not inhale fuel vapours. Keep fuels out of the ! Only refuel using premium-grade reach of children. unleaded petrol with at least 95 ROZ/ If you or others come into contact with fuel, 85 MOZ, that conforms to European stand- observe the following: ard EN 228 or E DIN 51626–1 or an equivalent specification. RWash the fuel off any affected areas of skin with water and soap immediately. Fuel of this specification can contain up to 10 % ethanol. RIf you get fuel in your eyes, rinse them thoroughly with clean water immedi- Fuel that does not conform to EN 228 or ately. Seek immediate medical atten- E DIN 51626–1 can lead to increased wear tion. and damage the engine and exhaust system.

Z 262 Service products and capacities

! Only use the fuel recommended. Oper- (sulphur content < 10 ppm) is used for ating the vehicle with other fuels can refuelling, the odours are reduced. lead to engine failure. Information on refuelling (Y page 130). ! Do not use the following: Additives RE85 (petrol with 85% ethanol) ! Operation of the engine with fuel addi- RE100 (100% ethanol) tives added later can cause engine dam- RM15 (petrol with 15% methanol) age. Therefore, do not mix any fuel addi- RM30 (petrol with 30% methanol) tives with the fuel. This does not include additives for the removal and prevention RM85 (petrol with 85% methanol) of residue build-up. Petrol must only be RM100 (100% methanol) mixed with additives recommended by Rpetrol with additives containing smart. Observe the instructions for use metal in the product description. For further RDiesel information on recommended additives Do not mix such fuels with the fuel rec- enquire at any smart centre. ommended for your vehicle. Do not use smart recommends that you use fuel brands additives. Engine failure may otherwise that have additives. occur. This does not include cleaning The quality of the fuel available in some additives for the removal and prevention countries may not be sufficient. Residue of residue build-up. Petrol must only be could build up in the injection system as a mixed with cleaning additives recom- result. In this case, in consultation with a mended by smart, see "Additives". For smart centre, the petrol may be mixed with further information enquire at any smart the cleaning additive recommended by centre. smart. You must observe the notes and mix- Usually you will find information about the ing ratios specified on the container. fuel grade on the pump. If you cannot find the label on the petrol pump, ask the filling Fuel consumption information station staff.

>> Technical data. Environmental note i E10 fuel contains up to 10% bioethanol. H CO (carbon dioxide) is the gas which sci- Your vehicle is suitable for use with E10 2 fuel. You can refuel your vehicle using entists believe to be principally respon- E10 fuel. sible for global warming (the greenhouse effect). Your vehicle's CO2 emissions are As a temporary measure, if the recommen- directly related to fuel consumption and ded fuel is not available, you may also use therefore depend on: unleaded petrol with an octane rating of 91 RON/82 MON. This may reduce engine Refficient use of the fuel by the engine performance and increase fuel consump- Rdriving style tion. Avoid driving at full throttle and Rother non-technical factors, such as sudden acceleration. Never refuel using environmental influences, road condi- fuel with a lower RON/MON. tions or traffic flow i In some countries, the available petrol You can minimise your vehicle's CO2 emis- may not be sufficiently low in sulphur. sions by driving carefully and having it This fuel can temporarily produce serviced regularly. unpleasant odours, especially on short journeys. As soon as sulphur-free fuel Service products and capacities 263

The vehicle will use more fuel than usual in You can call up an overview of approved the following situations: engine oils on the Internet at http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com by enter- Rat very low outside temperatures ing the designation, e.g. 229.5. Rin urban traffic The table shows which engine oils have Ron short journeys been approved for your vehicle. Rin mountainous terrain Petrol engines: in certain countries, dif- i Only for certain countries: you can find ferent engine oils can be used, provided the current consumption and emission that the maintenance intervals are values of your vehicle in the COC docu- reduced. For more information, please ments (EU CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY). contact a qualified specialist workshop. These documents are delivered with your vehicle. Model MB Approval The consumption figures were in each All models 229.5 case based on the currently applicable version: i If the engine oils listed in the table Rfor vehicles that comply with or exceed are not available, you may add the fol- the EURO 5 standard, in accordance lowing engine oils until the next oil with Regulation (EC) No. 715/2007 change: Deviations from these values may occur RMB Approval 229.1 and 229.3 or ACEA A3 under normal operating conditions. This must only be added once and the amount must not be greater than 1.0 l. Engine oil Capacities General notes The following values refer to an oil change When handling engine oil, observe the including the oil filter. important safety notes on service products Model Replacement (Y page 260). amount >> Technical data. The quality of the engine oil is decisive for the function and service life of an All models 3.4 l engine. After extensive tests, Mercedes- Benz approves engine oils that correspond Additives to the current technical standard. There- fore, only use engine oils approved by ! Do not use any additives with the engine Mercedes-Benz. oil. This could damage the engine. Further information on tested and approved engine oils can be obtained from any smart centre. smart recommends that you have the oil change carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. Mercedes-Benz approval is indicated on the oil container by the inscription "MB Approval" and the corresponding designation, e.g. MB Approval 229.51.

Z 264 Service products and capacities

Engine oil viscosity the replacement confirmed in the Ser- vice Booklet.

Coolant General notes ! Only add coolant that has been premixed with the desired antifreeze protection. You could otherwise damage the engine. Further information on coolants can be found in the Mercedes-Benz Specifica- Viscosity describes the flow characteris- tions for Service Products, MB Specifi- tics of a fluid. If an engine oil has a high cations for Service Products 310.1, e.g. viscosity rating, it flows slowly; the lower on the Internet at the viscosity, the faster it flows. http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. Or con- Engine oil selection is based on the tact a qualified specialist workshop. respective outside temperatures and in ! Always use a suitable coolant mixture, accordance with the SAE classification even in countries where high tempera- (viscosity). The table shows you which SAE tures prevail. classifications are to be used. The low- Otherwise, the engine cooling system is temperature properties of engine oils can not sufficiently protected from corro- be significantly impaired during opera- sion and overheating. tion due to, for example, ageing or soot and fuel accretion. It is therefore strongly i Have the coolant regularly replaced at a recommended to observe regular oil qualified specialist workshop and the changes using an approved engine oil with replacement confirmed in the Service the appropriate SAE classification. Booklet. Comply with the important safety precau-

>> Technical data. tions for service products when handling Brake fluid coolant (Y page 260). When handling brake fluid, observe the The coolant is a mixture of water and anti- important safety notes on service products freeze/corrosion inhibitor. It performs (Y page 260). the following tasks: The brake fluid change intervals can be Rcorrosion protection found in the Service Booklet. Rantifreeze protection Only use brake fluid approved by Rraising the boiling point Mercedes-Benz according to MB Approval If antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor is pres- 331.0. ent in the correct concentration, the boil- Information about approved brake fluid ing point of the coolant during operation can be obtained at any qualified special- will be approximately 130 †. ist workshop or on the Internet at: http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. i Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop and Vehicle data 265

The antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor con- The correct mixing ratio can be taken centration in the engine cooling system from the information on the antifreeze should: protection container. Rbe at least 50%. This will protect the i Add washer fluid concentrate, e.g. MB engine cooling system against freezing SummerFit or MB WinterFit, to the washer down to approximately -37 †. fluid all year round. Rnot exceed 55% (antifreeze protection down to -45 †). Heat will otherwise not be dissipated as effectively. Vehicle data smart recommends an antifreeze/corrosion General notes inhibitor concentrate in accordance with MB Specifications for Service Products Please note that for the specified vehicle 310.1. data: i When the vehicle is first delivered, it Rthe heights specified may vary as a is filled with a coolant mixture that result of: ensures adequate antifreeze and corro- - tyres sion protection. - load i The coolant is checked at every main- - condition of the suspension tenance interval at a qualified special- - optional equipment ist workshop. Roptional equipment reduces the maximum payload. Rvehicle-specific weight information Windscreen washer system can be found on the vehicle identifica- General notes tion plate (Y page 259). Ronly for certain countries: you can find ! Do not use distilled or de-ionised vehicle-specific vehicle data in the COC water in the washer fluid reservoir. Oth- documents (EU CERTIFICATE OF CON- erwise, the level sensor may be damaged. FORMITY). These documents are deliv- >> Technical data. ! Only the washer fluids SummerFit and ered with your vehicle. WinterFit can be mixed. Otherwise, the You can find the correct values for your spraying nozzles could become blocked. model with the help of the VIN on the vehi- When handling washer fluid, observe the cle identification plate (Y page 259). important safety notes on service products (Y page 260). At temperatures above freezing:

X Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and washer fluid, e.g. MB SummerFit. Mix 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water. At temperatures below freezing:

X Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and washer fluid, e.g. MB WinterFit.

Z 266 Vehicle data

Dimensions and weights

Model : Opening height All models 1855 mm

All models Vehicle length 2695 mm Vehicle width 1893 mm including exterior mirrors Vehicle width 1663 mm excluding exterior mirrors

>> Technical data. Vehicle height 1555 mm Wheelbase 1873 mm Maximum boot load 75 kg Maximum tailgate 100 kg load 267 268 Publication details Internet

Further information about smart vehicles and about Daimler AG can be found on the following websites: http://www.smart.com http://www.daimler.com

Editorial office

You are welcome to forward any queries or suggestions you may have regarding this Owner's Manual to the technical documentation team at the following address: Daimler AG, HPC: CAC, Customer Service, 70546 Stuttgart, Germany ©Daimler AG: not to be reprinted, transla- ted or otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part, without written permission from Daimler AG.

Vehicle manufacturer

Daimler AG Mercedesstraße 137 70327 Stuttgart Germany

As at 05.09.2014 www.smart.com smart -ADaimler brand

Order no. 6522 0126 02 É4535847902ÄËÍ Part no. 453 584 79 02 4535847902 Edition NA 2014-11d